10-Q

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D. C. 20549

 ___________________________

Form 10-Q

 ___________________________

(Mark One)

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended December 31, 2013

OR

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number 000-25711

 ___________________________

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 ___________________________

DELAWARE	77-0430270
[State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization]	[I.R.S Employer Identification No.]
145 Rio Robles, San Jose, California	95134
[Address of principal executive office]	[Zip Code]

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (408) 579-2800

___________________________

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	o	Accelerated filer	x
Non-accelerated filer	o  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  o    No  x

The number of shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, $.001 par value, outstanding at January 24, 2014 was 95,867,420.

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

FORM 10-Q

QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

INDEX

		PAGE
PART I. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1.	Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited):
	Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013	3
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three and Six Months ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012	4
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the Three and Six Months ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012	5
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012	6
	Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	7
Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	24
Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	33
Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	35
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	37
Item 1A	Risk Factors	37
Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	48
Item 3.	Defaults Upon Senior Securities	48
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosure	48
Item 5.	Other Information	48
Item 6.	Exhibits	49
Signatures		50

2

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

	December 31, 2013			June 30, 2013
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	68,304		$	95,803
Short-term investments	43,713			43,034
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $1,627 at December 31, 2013 and $1,252 at June 30, 2013	94,337			47,642
Inventories	62,935			16,167
Deferred income taxes	863			386
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	15,273			5,749
Total current assets	285,425			208,781
Property and equipment, net	49,416			23,644
Marketable securities	—			66,776
Intangible assets, net	109,146			4,243
Goodwill	57,922			—
Other assets	15,546			7,980
Total assets	$	517,455		$	311,424
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt	$	4,063		$	—
Accounts payable	54,422			27,163
Accrued compensation and benefits	26,557			13,503
Restructuring liabilities	709			1,466
Accrued warranty	4,618			3,296
Deferred revenue, net	71,435			33,184
Deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors	22,184			17,388
Other accrued liabilities	25,701			16,502
Total current liabilities	209,689			112,502
Deferred revenue, less current portion	18,335			8,270
Long-term debt, less current portion	95,125			—
Other long-term liabilities	9,913			1,507
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
Stockholders’ equity:
Convertible preferred stock, $.001 par value, issuable in series, 2,000,000 shares authorized; none issued	—			—
Common stock, $.001 par value, 750,000,000 shares authorized; 95,703,626 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 93,626,150 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013	94			94
Additional paid-in-capital	831,167			821,331
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	57			(1,377		)
Accumulated deficit	(646,925		)	(630,903		)
Total stockholders’ equity	184,393			189,145
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	517,455		$	311,424

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

3

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Net revenues:
Product	$	119,065		$	60,259		$	180,109		$	121,378
Service	27,518			15,292			42,389			30,300
Total net revenues	146,583			75,551			222,498			151,678
Cost of revenues:
Product	66,893			29,377			94,409			59,853
Service	9,845			5,435			14,538			11,111
Total cost of revenues	76,738			34,812			108,947			70,964
Gross profit:
Product	52,172			30,882			85,700			61,525
Service	17,673			9,857			27,851			19,189
Total gross profit	69,845			40,739			113,551			80,714
Operating expenses:
Research and development	18,896			11,007			28,832			21,573
Sales and marketing	40,636			22,093			63,330			44,120
General and administrative	11,189			6,644			18,125			12,003
Acquisition and integration costs	8,688			—			12,382			—
Restructuring charge, net of reversals	430			5,176			505			5,167
Amortization of intangibles	3,778			—			3,778			—
Litigation settlement	—			(421		)	—			(421		)
Gain on sale of facilities	—			—			—			(11,539		)
Total operating expenses	83,617			44,499			126,952			70,903
Operating (loss) income	(13,772		)	(3,760		)	(13,401		)	9,811
Interest income	172			261			447			531
Interest expense	(524		)	(1		)	(524		)	(1		)
Other expense, net	(937		)	(300		)	(1,192		)	(649		)
(Loss) income before income taxes	(15,061		)	(3,800		)	(14,670		)	9,692
Provision for income taxes	925			406			1,352			983
Net (loss) income	$	(15,986	)	$	(4,206	)	$	(16,022	)	$	8,709
Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share:
Net (loss) income per share – basic	$	(0.17	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.17	)	$	0.09
Net (loss) income per share – diluted	$	(0.17	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.17	)	$	0.09
Shares used in per share calculation – basic	95,216			94,501			94,639			94,619
Shares used in per share calculation – diluted	95,216			94,501			94,639			95,514

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

4

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Net (loss) income:	$	(15,986	)	$	(4,206	)	$	(16,022	)	$	8,709
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Available for sale securities:
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities	(52		)	(164		)	233			138
Reclassification of adjustment for realized net gains on available for sale securities included in net (loss) income	—			—			148			—
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities	(52		)	(164		)	381			138
Change in net foreign currency translation adjustment	952			(61		)	1,053			780
Other comprehensive income (loss)	900			(225		)	1,434			918
Total comprehensive (loss) income	$	(15,086	)	$	(4,431	)	$	(14,588	)	$	9,627

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

5

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net (loss) income	$	(16,022	)	$	8,709
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	4,143			2,292
Amortization of intangible assets	6,997			801
Provision for doubtful accounts	375			49
Stock-based compensation	5,033			3,784
(Gain) loss on disposition of long lived assets, net	238			(11,451		)
Other non-cash charges	1,171			762
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net
Accounts receivable	(21,370		)	(1,466		)
Inventories	(13,105		)	8,743
Prepaid expenses and other assets	2,473			1,255
Accounts payable	12,881			(8,096		)
Accrued compensation and benefits	(639		)	(2,241		)
Restructuring liabilities	(756		)	4,569
Deferred revenue	14,511			(1,668		)
Other current and long term liabilities	(799		)	2,035
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	(4,869		)	8,077
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures	(12,562		)	(3,026		)
Acquisition, net of cash acquired	(180,000		)	—
Purchases of investments	(9,045		)	(25,886		)
Proceeds from maturities of investments and marketable securities	20,062			9,322
Proceeds from sales of investments and marketable securities	54,578			8,447
Purchases of intangible assets	—			(335		)
Proceeds from sales of facilities	—			42,659
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	(126,967		)	31,181
Cash flows from financing activities:
Draw on Revolving Facility	35,000			—
Issuance of Term Loan	65,000			—
Repayment of debt	(813		)	—
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	4,803			1,614
Repurchase of common stock	—			(6,171		)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	103,990			(4,557		)
Foreign currency effect on cash	347			469
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(27,499		)	35,170
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	95,803			54,596
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	68,304		$	89,766

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

6

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Extreme Networks, Inc. (referred to as the “Company” or “Extreme Networks”) included herein have been prepared under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted under such rules and regulations. The condensed consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2013 was derived from audited financial statements as of that date but does not include all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. These interim financial statements and notes should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented and the financial condition of Extreme Networks at December 31, 2013. The results of operations for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for fiscal 2014 or any future periods.

On October 31, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of Enterasys Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Enterasys"), whereby Enterasys became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (see Note 4: "Business Combinations" for further discussion). The results of operations of Enterasys are included in the consolidated results of operations beginning October 31, 2013.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

The Company's revenue is primarily derived from the sale of networking products, which are tangible products containing software and non-software components that function together to deliver the tangible product's essential functionality. In addition to tangible products, the Company's sales arrangements may include other deliverables such as standalone software licenses, or service offerings. For multiple deliverable arrangements, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the accounting standard for multiple deliverable revenue arrangements, which provides guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how deliverables in an arrangement should be separated, and how consideration should be allocated. Software revenue recognition guidance is applied to the sales of the Company's standalone software products, including software upgrades and software that is not essential to the functionality of the hardware with which it is sold.

Pursuant to the guidance of the accounting standard for multiple deliverable revenue arrangements, when the Company's sales arrangements contain multiple elements, such as products, software licenses, maintenance agreements, or professional services, the Company determines the standalone selling price for each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The application of the multiple deliverable revenue accounting standard does not change the units of accounting for the Company's multiple element arrangements. Under the selling price hierarchy, the selling price for each deliverable is based on the Company's vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), which is determined by a substantial majority of the Company's historical standalone sales transactions for a product or service falling within a narrow range. If VSOE is not available due to a lack of standalone sales transactions or lack of pricing within a narrow range, then third party evidence (“TPE”), as determined by the standalone pricing of competitive vendor products in similar markets, is used, if available. TPE typically is difficult to establish due to the proprietary differences of competitive products and difficulty in obtaining reliable competitive standalone pricing information. When neither VSOE nor TPE is available, the Company determines its best estimate of standalone selling price (“ESP”) for a product or service and does so by considering several factors including, but not limited to, the 12-month historical median sales price, sales channel, geography, gross margin objective, competitive product pricing, and product life cycle. In consideration of all relevant pricing factors, the Company applies management judgment to determine the Company's best estimate of selling price through consultation with and formal approval by the Company's management for all products and services for which neither VSOE nor TPE is available. Generally, the standalone selling price of services is determined using VSOE and the standalone selling price of other deliverables is determined by using ESP. The Company regularly reviews VSOE, TPE and ESP for all of its products and services and maintains internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

In accordance with the software revenue recognition accounting standard, the Company continues to recognize revenue for software using the residual method for its sale of standalone software products and other software that is not essential to the functionality of the hardware with which it is sold. After allocation of the relative selling price to each element of the arrangement, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the Company's policies for product, software, and service revenue recognition.

7

Business Combinations

The Company applies the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations, including its acquisition of Enterasys Networks, Inc. on October 31, 2013. Under this method of accounting, all assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values at the date of the completion of transaction. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, intangibles and other asset lives, among other items. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (an exit price). Market participants are assumed to be buyers and sellers in the principal (most advantageous) market for the asset or liability. Additionally, fair value measurements for an asset assume the highest and best use of that asset by market participants. As a result, the Company may have been required to value the acquired assets at fair value measures that do not reflect its intended use of those assets. Use of different estimates and judgments could yield different results. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. Although the Company believes the assumptions and estimates it has made are reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and information that may be obtained from the management of the acquired company and are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill

Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at the beginning of fourth quarter of the fiscal year and at least annually thereafter. To test goodwill for impairment, the Company first performs a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, the Company will then perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. Otherwise, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. Under the two-step goodwill impairment test, the Company would, in the first step, compare the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, no impairment loss would be recognized. However, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of the unit may be impaired. The amount, if any, of the impairment is then measured in the second step in which the Company determines the implied value of goodwill based on the allocation of the estimated fair value determined in the initial step to all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets include property and equipment, and service inventory. Property and equipment assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets or asset groups may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances exist, the Company assesses the recoverability of these assets by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets or asset groups. The Company reduces the carrying value of service inventory to net realizable value based on excess and obsolete inventories which are primarily determined by age of inventory and future demand forecasts.

Intangible Assets

Intangibles assets are reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying value. License agreements are presented at cost, net of accumulated amortization and are amortized over their estimated useful life. The in-process research and development efforts will be monitored regularly for completion and once they are completed, the Company will determine whether the asset will continue to be an indefinite lived asset or it has become a finite lived asset and apply the appropriate accounting accordingly. The Company determines that our in-process research and development project is complete when all material research and development costs have been incurred and no significant risks remain. The Company  reviews the carrying value of indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually during the last quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist.

8

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

3. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740)-Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”). This ASU provides guidance regarding the presentation in the statement of financial position of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward or a tax credit carryforward exists. The ASU generally provides that an entity's unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of its unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in its financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. ASU 2013-11 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 31, 2013. The Company intends to adopt this standard prospectively in the first quarter of its fiscal year ending June 30, 2015. The Company does not believe this updated standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

4. Business combinations

On October 31, 2013 (the “Acquisition Date”), the Company completed the acquisition of Enterasys, a privately held provider of wired and wireless network infrastructure and security solutions, for $180.0 million, net of cash acquired.  The purchase price consideration is provisional as it is still pending post close adjustments as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Agreement") signed by the Company and Enterprise Networks Holdings, Inc. on September 12, 2013. The Company also assumed outstanding options and restricted stock units of Enterasys at the Acquisition Date, all of which were unvested.

The acquisition has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting.  The provisional purchase price has been allocated on a preliminary basis to tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed.  The final purchase price allocation is pending the finalization of valuations, which may result in an adjustment to the preliminary purchase price allocation. Also, additional information which existed as of the acquisition date but was unknown to the Company at that time, may become known to the Company during the remainder of the measurement period, a period not to exceed 12 months from the acquisition date, and may result in a change in the purchase price allocation.  While management believes that its preliminary estimates and assumptions underlying the valuations are reasonable, different estimates and assumptions could result in different valuations assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and the resulting amount of goodwill.

Also, on October 31, 2013, the Company entered into a $125 million senior secured credit facilities agreement consisting of a $65 million term loan facility (“Term Loan”) and a revolving credit facility of $60 million (“Revolving Facility”).  Both facilities mature on October 31, 2018.  The Company drew $35 million of the $60 million Revolving Facility and used the proceeds from the Term Loan to pay a portion of the purchase price in the acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Enterasys.

9

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The estimated purchase price has been allocated to Enterasys’ tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed on a preliminary basis as follows (in thousands):

	Amount
Cash	$	4,969
Receivables	25,699
Inventory	33,662
Other current assets	8,888
Property and equipment	23,122
Identifiable intangible assets	108,900
In-process research and development	3,000
Deferred tax assets	9
Other assets	7,343
Goodwill	57,922
Current liabilities	(75,394		)
Other long term liabilities	(13,151		)
Total purchase price allocation	$	184,969
Less: Cash acquired from acquisition	(4,969		)
Total purchase price consideration, net of cash acquired	$	180,000

The estimated purchase price has been allocated based on the preliminary estimates of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The Company also continues to analyze the tax implications of the acquisition of Enterasys which may ultimately impact the overall level of goodwill associated with the acquisition.

The following table presents details of the preliminary identifiable intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition (in thousands):

Intangible Assets	Estimated Useful Life (in years)	Amount
Developed technology	3	$	45,000
Customer relationships	3	37,000
Maintenance contracts	5	17,000
Trademarks	3	2,500
Order backlog	1.5	7,400
Total identifiable intangible assets		$	108,900

The amortization for the developed technology is recorded in “Cost of revenues” for product and the amortization for the remaining intangibles is recorded in “Amortization of intangibles” on the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The goodwill recognized is attributable primarily to expected synergies and the assembled workforce of Enterasys. The Company anticipates both the goodwill and intangible assets to be fully deductible for tax purposes.

The Company also has an indefinite lived asset of $3.0 million which represents the fair value of in-process research and development activities.  Once the related research and development efforts are completed, the Company will determine whether the asset will continue to be an indefinite lived asset or it has become a finite lived asset and apply the appropriate accounting accordingly.

The results of operations of Enterasys are included in the consolidated results of operations beginning October 31, 2013. For the six months ended December 31, 2013, $70.1 million of revenue and $1.2 million of operating income from Enterasys is included in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company incurred $5.8 million acquisition-related expenses of which $2.1 million was incurred in the three months ended December 31, 2013. Such acquisition-related costs are included in "Acquisition-integration expenses" on the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The costs, which the Company expensed as incurred, consist primarily of professional fees payable to financial and legal advisors.

10

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Pro forma financial information

The following unaudited pro forma results of operations are presented as though the acquisition of Enterasys had occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented after giving effect to purchase accounting adjustments relating to inventories, deferred revenue, stock-based compensation for the options and restricted stock units assumed, depreciation and amortization on acquired property and equipment and intangibles, interest income and expense and related tax effects. The pro forma results of operations do not reflect the impact of non-recurring charges that have resulted from or in connection with the acquisition including acquisition and integration expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition. The pro forma results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the combined results that would have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of the earliest period presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results.

The unaudited pro forma financial information for the three months ended December 31, 2013 combines the results for the Extreme for the three months ended December 31, 2013, which include the results of Enterasys subsequent to the acquisition date, and the historical results for Enterasys for the month ended October 31, 2013. The unaudited pro forma financial information for the six months ended December 31, 2013 combines the results for Extreme for the six months ended December 31, 2013, which include the results of Enterasys subsequent to the acquisition date, and the historical results for Enterasys for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and the month ended October 31, 2013. The unaudited pro forma financial information for the three and six months ended December 31, 2012 combines the historical results for Extreme for those periods, with the historical results for Enterasys for the three and six months ended December 31, 2012. The following table summarizes the pro forma financial information (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Net revenues	$	159,944		$	158,258		$	321,837		$	327,599
Net loss	$	(55,090	)	$	(15,196	)	$	(51,682	)	$	(14,833	)
Net loss per share – basic and diluted	$	(0.57	)	$	(0.16	)	$	(0.54	)	$	(0.16	)

5. Balance Sheet Accounts

Cash, Cash Equivalents, Short-Term Investments and Marketable Securities

Summary of Cash and Available-for-Sale Securities (in thousands)

	December 31, 2013		June 30, 2013
Cash	$	50,395	$	41,518
Cash equivalents	$	17,909	$	54,285
Short-term investments	43,713		43,034
Marketable securities	—		66,776
Total available-for-sale	$	61,622	$	164,095
Total cash, cash equivalents and available for sale securities	$	112,017	$	205,613

11

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Available-for-Sale Securities

The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities (in thousands): 

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Holding Gains		Unrealized Holding Losses
December 31, 2013
Money market funds	$	17,909	$	17,909	$	—	$	—
U.S. corporate debt securities	43,600		43,713		113		—
	$	61,509	$	61,622	$	113	$	—
Classified as:
Cash equivalents	$	17,909	$	17,909	$	—	$	—
Short-term investments	43,600		43,713		113		—
	$	61,509	$	61,622	$	113	$	—
June 30, 2013
Money market funds	$	54,285	$	54,285	$	—	$	—
U.S. corporate debt securities	110,078		109,810		126		(394		)
	$	164,363	$	164,095	$	126	$	(394	)
Classified as:
Cash equivalents	$	54,285	$	54,285	$	—	$	—
Short-term investments	42,994		43,034		44		(4		)
Marketable securities	67,084		66,776		82		(390		)
	$	164,363	$	164,095	$	126	$	(394	)

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale investments in debt securities at December 31, 2013, by contractual maturity, were as follows (in thousands):

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due in 1 year or less	$	43,600	$	43,713
Total investments in available for sale debt securities	$	43,600	$	43,713

The Company considers highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Investments with original maturities of greater than three months, but less than one year at the balance sheet date are classified as Short Term Investments. Investments with maturities of greater than one year at balance sheet date which the Company intends to hold for longer than one year are classified as Marketable Securities. Except for direct obligations of the United States government, securities issued by agencies of the United States government, and money market funds, the Company diversifies its investments by limiting its holdings with any individual issuer.

Investments include available-for-sale investment-grade debt securities that the Company carries at fair value. The Company accumulates unrealized gains and losses on the Company's available-for-sale debt securities, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the stockholders' equity section of its balance sheets. Such an unrealized gain or loss does not reduce net income for the applicable accounting period. If the fair value of an available-for-sale debt instrument is less than its amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment is triggered in circumstances where (1) the Company intends to sell the instrument, (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the instrument before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or (3) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the instrument (that is, a credit loss exists). If the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the available-for-sale debt instrument before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the Company recognizes an other-than-temporary impairment in earnings equal to the entire difference between the debt instruments' amortized cost basis and its fair value. For available-for-sale debt instruments that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired due to the existence of a credit loss, if the Company does not intend to sell and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the instrument before recovery of its remaining amortized cost basis (amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), the Company separates the amount of the impairment into the amount that is credit related and the amount due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is the difference between the debt instrument's amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future

12

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

cash flows. The remaining difference between the debt instrument's fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is due to factors that are not credit related and is recognized in other comprehensive income.

The Company determines the basis of the cost of a security sold or the amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings using the specific identification method. As of December 31, 2013, five out of twenty-five investment securities had unrealized losses. Such unrealized losses in total were immaterial for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013. The Company recorded an other than temporary impairment loss of $148,000 during the six months ended December 31, 2013.

Long-Lived Assets

On September 11, 2012, the Company completed the sale of its corporate campus and accompanying 16 acres of land in Santa Clara, California for net cash proceeds of approximately $44.7 million and realized a gain of approximately $11.5 million.

Goodwill and Intangibles

As part of the acquisition of Enterasys, the Company assumed $57.9 million in goodwill which has been allocated to the Company's only reportable segment, the development and marketing of network infrastructure equipment.

The following tables present details of the Company’s intangible assets (in thousands):

December 31, 2013	Weighted average remaining amortization period	Gross		Accumulated amortization		Net
Intangible assets with finite lives:
Developed technology	2.7 years	$	45,000	$	2,694	$	42,306
Customer relationships	2.8 years	37,000		2,056		34,944
Maintenance contracts	4.8 years	17,000		567		16,433
Trademarks	2.8 years	2,500		139		2,361
Order backlog	1.2 years	7,400		1,017		6,383
Patents	6.2 years	1,800		918		882
License agreements	10.7 years	10,447		7,801		2,646
Other intangibles	1.7 years	659		468		191
Total intangible assets with finite lives		121,806		15,660		106,146
In-process research and development, with indefinite life		3,000		—		3,000
Total		$	124,806	$	15,660	$	109,146

June 30, 2013	Weighted average remaining amortization period	Gross		Accumulated amortization		Net
Intangible assets with finite lives:
Patents	6.7 years	$	1,800	$	846	$	954
License agreements	10.3 years	10,447		7,407		3,040
Other intangibles	2.3 years	659		410		249
Total intangible assets with finite lives		12,906		8,663		4,243

Amortization expense was $6.7 million and $7.0 million respectively, for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013. Amortization expense was $0.4 million and $0.8 million respectively, for the three and six months ended December 31, 2012. Of the total amount recognized, $2.9 million and $3.2 million for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and $0.4 million and $0.8 million respectively for the three and six months ended December 31, 2012, is included in "Cost of revenues for products" on the condensed consolidated statements of operations, while the remainder of the amortization expense is included in "Amortization of intangibles" on the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The amortization

13

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

expense for developed technology, patents, license agreements and other intangibles is recognized in "Cost of revenues for products" on the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The estimated future amortization expense for finite lived intangibles to be recorded for each of the next five years is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal year	Amount
2014 (remaining 6 months)	$	19,881
2015	36,248
2016	31,287
2017	12,379
2018	3,682
Thereafter	2,669
Total	$	106,146

Deferred Revenue, Net

Deferred revenue, net represents amounts for (i) deferred services revenue (support arrangements, professional services and training), and (ii) deferred product revenue net of the related cost of revenue when the revenue recognition criteria have not been met. The following table summarizes deferred revenue, net at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, respectively (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		June 30, 2013
Deferred services	$	81,485	$	38,003
Deferred product and other revenue	8,285		3,451
Total deferred revenue	89,770		41,454
Less: current portion	71,435		33,184
Non-current deferred revenue, net	$	18,335	$	8,270

The Company offers for sale to its customers renewable support arrangements, including extended warranty contracts, that range from one to five years. Deferred support revenue is included within deferred revenue, net within the Services category above. The change in the Company’s deferred support revenue balance in relation to these arrangements was as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Balance beginning of period	$	37,091		$	35,661		$	38,003		$	37,461
Assumed from acquisition	35,879			—			35,879			—
New support arrangements	33,146			14,776			46,489			27,313
Recognition of support revenue	(24,631		)	(14,640		)	(38,886		)	(28,977		)
Balance end of period	81,485			35,797			81,485			35,797
Less: current portion	63,150			27,664			63,150			27,664
Non-current deferred revenue	$	18,335		$	8,133		$	18,335		$	8,133

Deferred Distributors Revenue, Net of Cost of Sales to Distributors

The Company records revenue from its distributors on a sell-through basis, recording deferred revenue and deferred cost of sales associated with all sales transactions to its distributors in “Deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors” in the liability section of its condensed consolidated balance sheet. When the Company ships products to its distributors, legal title to the products passes to its distributors, and a legally enforceable obligation is created for the distributors to pay on a current basis. Therefore, the Company records a trade receivable at the contractual discount to the list selling price and relieves inventory for the cost of goods shipped to the distributor.

14

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The amount shown as “Deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors” represents the deferred gross margin on sales to distributors based on contractual pricing. Distributors purchase products from the Company at a contractual discount based on geographic region and resell the Company's products at a very broad range of individually negotiated price points depending on competitive factors and other market conditions. A portion of the deferred revenue balance represents an amount of the distributors' original purchase price that will be remitted back to the distributors after resale transactions are reported to the Company. Therefore, the amount of gross margin the Company will recognize in future periods from distributor sales will be less than the deferred amount recorded for the original sale to the distributor as a result of the price concessions negotiated at the time of sell-through. The wide range and variability of negotiated price credits granted to distributors do not allow the Company to accurately estimate the portion of the balance in the deferred revenue that will be credited to the distributors in the future. Therefore, the Company does not reduce deferred revenue by anticipated future price credits; instead, price credits are recorded against revenue and accounts receivable when incurred, which is generally at the time the distributor sells the product.

The following table summarizes deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, respectively (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013			June 30, 2013
Deferred distributors revenue	$	28,943		$	22,411
Deferred cost of sales to distributors	(6,759		)	(5,023		)
Deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors	$	22,184		$	17,388

Debt

The Company's debt is comprised of the following:

	December 31, 2013
Current portion of long-term debt
Term Loan	4,063
Current portion of long-term debt	4,063
Long-term debt, less current portion
Term Loan	60,125
Revolving Facility	35,000
Total long-term debt less current portion	95,125
Total debt	99,188

On October 31, 2013, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) which provides for a $60 millionfive-year revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) and a $65 millionfive-year term loan (the “Term Loan”) and together with the Revolving Facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”).  The proceeds from the Term Loan were used to pay a portion of the purchase price in the acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Enterasys. The company also drew $35 million of the Revolving Facility to pay a portion of the purchase price.

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities bear interest, at the Company's election, at a rate per annum equal to an agreed to applicable margin plus (a) the higher of (x) the prime rate in effect on such day or (y) the federal funds effective rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%, or (b) an adjusted Libor rate. In addition, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee of between 0.375% and 0.50% quarterly (currently 0.50%) on the unused portion of the Revolving Facility, also based on the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio.  Principal installments are payable on the Term Loan in varying percentages quarterly starting December 31, 2013 and to the extent not previously paid, all outstanding balance to be paid at maturity. If not repaid before maturity, he draws on the Revolving Facility shall be repaid on the maturity date. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets and are jointly and severally guaranteed by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries.

15

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that require the Company to maintain a minimum Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and a Consolidated Quick Ratio and a maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio as well as several other covenants and restrictions that limit the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens upon any of its property, merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of its assets, etc.  These covenants, which are described more fully in the Credit Agreement, to which reference is made for a complete statement of the covenants, are subject to certain exceptions. The Company currently is in compliance with its covenants.

The Credit Agreement also includes customary events of default, including failure to pay principal, interest or fees when due, failure to comply with covenants, if any representation or warranty made by the Company is false or misleading in any material respect, certain insolvency or receivership events affecting the Company and its subsidiaries, the occurrence of certain material judgments, the occurrence of certain ERISA events, the invalidity of the loan documents or a change in control of the Company.  The amounts outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities may be accelerated upon certain events of default.

Guarantees and Product Warranties

Upon issuance of a standard product warranty, the Company discloses and recognizes a liability for the obligation it assumes under the warranty. The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s product warranty liability during the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Balance beginning of period	$	3,440		$	2,971		$	3,296		$	2,871
Assumed from acquisition	3,732			—			3,732			—
New warranties issued	1,654			1,942			2,958			3,504
Warranty expenditures	(1,347		)	(1,942		)	(2,507		)	(3,404		)
Balance end of period	$	7,479		$	2,971		$	7,479		$	2,971

As of December 31, 2013, of the $7.5 million in warranty liability, $4.6 million was classified as current and the remainder is included in "Other long-term liabilities" on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s standard hardware warranty period is typically 12 months from the date of shipment to end-users and 90 days for software. For certain access products, the Company offers a limited lifetime hardware warranty commencing on the date of shipment from the Company and ending five (5) years following the Company’s announcement of the end of sale of such product. Upon shipment of products to its customers, the Company estimates expenses for the cost to repair or replace products that may be returned under warranty and accrues a liability in cost of product revenue for this amount. The determination of the Company’s warranty requirements is based on actual historical experience with the product or product family, estimates of repair and replacement costs and any product warranty problems that are identified after shipment. The Company estimates and adjusts these accruals at each balance sheet date in accordance with changes in these factors.

In the normal course of business to facilitate sales of its products, the Company indemnifies its resellers and end-user customers with respect to certain matters. The Company has agreed to hold the customer harmless against losses arising from a breach of intellectual property infringement or other claims made against certain parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. It is not possible to estimate the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by the Company under these agreements have not had a material impact on its operating results or financial position.

Concentrations

The Company may be subject to concentration of credit risk as a result of certain financial instruments consisting principally of marketable investments and accounts receivable. The Company has placed its investments with high-credit quality issuers. The Company does not invest an amount exceeding 10% of its combined cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and marketable securities in the securities of any one obligor or maker, except for obligations of the United States government, obligations of United States government agencies and money market accounts.

16

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table sets forth major customers accounting for 10% or more of our net revenue:

	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Westcon Group Inc.	10	%	14	%	12	%	15	%
Scansource, Inc.	*		12	%	*		12	%
Tech Data	*		12	%	*		11	%
Ericsson AB	*		10	%	*		10	%
* Less than 10% of revenue

6. Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents the Company’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

December 31, 2013	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
	(In thousands)
Assets
Investments:
Money market funds	$	17,909	$	—	$	—	$	17,909
Corporate notes/bonds	—		43,713		—		43,713
Foreign currency forward contracts	—		79		—		79
Total	$	17,909	$	43,792	$	—	$	61,701

June 30, 2013	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
	(In thousands)
Assets
Investments:
Money market funds	$	54,285	$	—	$	—	$	54,285
Corporate notes/bonds	—		109,810		—		109,810
Foreign currency forward contracts	—		21		—		21
Total	$	54,285	$	109,831	$	—	$	164,116

Level 2 investment valuations are based on inputs such as quoted market prices of similar instruments, dealer quotations or valuations provided by alternative pricing sources supported by observable inputs. These generally include U.S. government and sovereign obligations, most government agency securities, investment-grade corporate bonds, and state, municipal and provincial obligations. There were no transfers of assets or liabilities between Level 1 and Level 2 during the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

17

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

7. Share-based Compensation

Share-based compensation expense recognized in the condensed consolidated financial statements by line item caption is as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Cost of product revenue	$	198	$	121	$	300	$	295
Cost of service revenue	—		85		40		244
Research and development	898		288		1,141		720
Sales and marketing	1,279		567		1,850		1,295
General and administrative	1,083		555		1,702		1,230
Total share-based compensation expense	$	3,458	$	1,616	$	5,033	$	3,784

During the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not capitalize any stock-based compensation expense in inventory, as the amounts were immaterial. The income tax benefit for share-based compensation expense was immaterial in the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.  

The weighted-average grant-date per share fair value of options granted during the three months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $2.35 and $1.73, respectively. The weighted-average estimated per share fair value of shares purchased under the Company’s 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) during the three months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $1.35 and $0.91, respectively.

The weighted-average grant-date per share fair value of options granted during the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $2.33 and $1.81, respectively. The weighted-average estimated per share fair value of shares purchased under the ESPP during the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $1.21 and $0.89, respectively.

The following table summarizes stock option activity under all plans for the six months ended December 31, 2013:

	Number of Shares (000’s)		Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (000’s)
Options outstanding at June 30, 2013	9,145		$	3.66
Granted	5,199		$	5.14
Exercised	(1,305	)	$	3.54		$	2,356
Cancelled	(975	)	$	4.83
Options outstanding at December 31, 2013	12,064		$	4.22	5.54	$	33,338
Exercisable at December 31, 2013	3,792		$	3.78	3.50	$	12,196
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013	10,996		$	4.19	5.44	$	30,710

Included in the options granted above are 4.2 million options, assumed in connection with the acquisition of Enterasys on October 31, 2013, at an exercise price of $5.30.

Stock Awards

Stock awards may be granted under the 2013 Plan on terms approved by the Board of Directors. Stock awards generally provide for the issuance of restricted stock which vests over a fixed period.

18

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table summarizes stock award activity for the six months ended December 31, 2013:

	Number of Shares (000’s)		Weighted- Average Grant- Date Fair Value		Aggregate Fair Market Value ($000's)
Non-vested stock outstanding at June 30, 2013	2,686		$	3.09
Granted	4,202		$	5.54
Vested	(613	)	$	3.49	$	3,338
Cancelled	(352	)	$	3.51
Non-vested stock outstanding at December 31, 2013	5,923		$	4.45

Included in the restricted stock units granted above are 2.7 million restricted stock units assumed in connection with the acquisition of Enterasys on October 31, 2013, with a grant-date fair value of $5.30.

Excluding the options assumed as part of the Enterasys acquisition, the fair value of each option award and share purchase option under the Company's ESPP is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model with the weighted average assumptions noted in the following table. The Company uses the Monte-Carlo simulation model to determine the fair value and the derived service period of performance-based option awards, with market conditions, on the date of the grant. The expected term of options granted is derived from historical data on employee exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The expected term of ESPP represents the contractual life of the ESPP purchase period. The risk-free rate based upon the estimated life of the option and ESPP is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Expected volatility is based on both the implied volatilities from traded options on the Company’s stock and historical volatility on the Company’s stock.

	Stock Option Plan				Employee Stock Purchase Plan				Stock Option Plan				Employee Stock Purchase Plan
	Three Months Ended				Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Expected life	4 years		4 years		0.25 years		0.25 years		4 years		5 years		0.25 years		0.25 years
Risk-free interest rate	1.14	%	0.57	%	0.11	%	0.04	%	1.20	%	0.71	%	0.10	%	0.05	%
Volatility	55	%	63	%	47	%	50	%	56	%	64	%	41	%	59	%
Dividend yield	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%

The Company is required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and only recognize expense on a straight-line method for those shares expected to vest.

8. Common Stock Repurchases

On September 28, 2012, the Company's Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for a maximum of $75 million which may be purchased over a three year period in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. Since the inception of the program, 4.1 million shares have been repurchased and $60.5 million of the authorized amount is remaining. All repurchased shares will be retired and included in the Company's authorized but unissued shares. During the three and six months ended December 31, 2013, the Company did not repurchase any shares of common stock.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Commitments

The Company currently has arrangements with contract manufacturers and suppliers for the manufacture of its products. The arrangements allow them to procure long lead-time component inventory based upon a rolling production forecast provided by the Company. The Company is obligated to the purchase of long lead-time component inventory that its contract manufacturer procures in accordance with the forecast, unless the Company gives notice of order cancellation outside of applicable component lead-times. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had non-cancelable commitments to purchase approximately $63.2 million of such inventory.

Legal Proceedings

19

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company may from time to time be party to litigation arising in the course of its business, including, without limitation, allegations relating to commercial transactions, business relationships or intellectual property rights. Such claims, even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. Litigation in general, and intellectual property and securities litigation in particular, can be expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of legal proceedings are difficult to predict.

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Company records accruals for certain of its outstanding legal proceedings, investigations or claims when it is probable that a liability will be incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company evaluates, at least on a quarterly basis, developments in legal proceedings, investigations or claims that could affect the amount of any accrual, as well as any developments that would result in a loss contingency to become both probable and reasonably estimable. When a loss contingency is not both probable and reasonably estimable, the Company does not record a loss accrual.  However, if the loss (or an additional loss in excess of any prior accrual) is at least a reasonable possibility and material, then the Company would disclose an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss, if such estimate can be made, or disclose that an estimate cannot be made. The assessment whether a loss is probable or a reasonable possibility, and whether the loss or a range of loss is estimable, involves a series of complex judgments about future events. Even if a loss is reasonably possible, the Company may not be able to estimate a range of possible loss, particularly where (i) the damages sought are substantial or indeterminate, (ii) the proceedings are in the early stages, or (iii) the matters involve novel or unsettled legal theories or a large number of parties. In such cases, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the ultimate resolution of such matters, including the amount of any possible loss, fine or penalty.  Accordingly, for current proceedings, the Company is currently unable to estimate any reasonably possible loss or range of possible loss.  However, an adverse resolution of one or more of such matters could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations in a particular quarter or fiscal year.

Intellectual Property Litigation

Relay IP Inc.

On May 3, 2013, Relay IP, Inc. filed suit against the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, Civil Action case number 13-775 (Extreme Case). Further on May 6, 2013 they also filed a similar suit against Enterasys in the same court, Civil Action case number 13-774.The complaint alleges infringement based on the Company's testing of its own equipment and inducing its customers to infringe U.S. Patent No. 5,331,637 and seeks unspecified monetary damages. An answer was filed on both cases in July, 2013. The suit is one of approximately 40 nearly simultaneous suits filed against numerous networking equipment manufacturers, suppliers, operators, and users including Cisco Systems, Hewlett-Packard, Juniper Networks, Avaya, Extreme and Enterasys. The Company denies the claims and intends to vigorously defend itself in both cases. Given the preliminary nature of the claims, it is premature to assess the likelihood of a particular outcome. 

ReefEdge

On September 17, 2012, ReefEdge filed suit against Enterasys in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware alleging certain of the company's products (wireless controllers and wireless access points), infringe three ReefEdge U.S. patents (6633761, 6975864, 7197308). ReefEdge, a Non-Practicing Entity, seeks injunctive relief as well as monetary damages, cost, expenses and attorney fees, although there was no quantified amount sought. Preliminary talks have taken place between the parties. Enterasys has filed its Answer to the claims and is awaiting a scheduling conference. Extreme assumed this litigation as part of the acquisition of Enterasys. Given the preliminary nature of the claims, it is premature to assess the likelihood of a particular outcome.

Indemnification Obligations

Subject to certain limitations, the Company may be obligated to indemnify its current and former directors, officers and employees. These obligations arise under the terms of its certificate of incorporation, its bylaws, applicable contracts, and Delaware and California law. The obligation to indemnify, where applicable, generally means that the Company is required to pay or reimburse, and in certain circumstances the Company has paid or reimbursed, the individuals' reasonable legal expenses and possibly damages and other liabilities incurred in connection with these matters. It is not possible to estimate the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of these claims. The cost to defend the Company and the named individuals could have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows in the future. Recovery of such costs under its directors and officers insurance coverage is uncertain. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no outstanding indemnification claims.

10. Income Taxes

For the three and six months ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded an income tax provision of $0.9 million and $1.4 million, respectively. For the three and six months ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded an income tax provision of $0.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

20

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The income tax provisions for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted primarily of taxes on the income of our foreign subsidiaries as well as U.S. state income taxes. The income tax provision for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 also includes an expense related to a deferred tax liability for the amortization of goodwill recorded as a result of the acquisition of Enterasys. The income tax provisions for both fiscal years were calculated based on the actual results of operations for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and may not reflect the annual effective tax rate.

The Company has provided a full valuation allowance against all of its U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets as well as substantially all of the acquired Enterasys foreign entities’ deferred tax assets with the exception of certain foreign deferred tax assets. No valuation allowance has been established against the non-U.S. deferred tax assets of the legacy Extreme Networks, Inc. foreign subsidiaries. A valuation allowance is determined by assessing both negative and positive evidence to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that the deferred tax assets are recoverable; such assessment is required on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis. The Company's inconsistent earnings in recent periods, coupled with the Company's inability to forecast greater than one quarter in advance and the cyclical nature of its business represent sufficient negative evidence to require a full valuation allowance against its U.S. federal and state net deferred tax assets as well as the above mentioned foreign jurisdictions. This valuation allowance will be evaluated periodically and can be reversed partially or in whole if business results and the economic environment have sufficiently improved to support realization of some or all of the Company's deferred tax assets.

On October 31, 2013, the Company acquired all of the stock of Enterasys. The acquisition included a US parent company as well as their wholly owned foreign subsidiaries. The Company has elected to treat this stock acquisition as an asset purchase by filing the required election forms under IRC Sec 338(h)(10). The Company has preliminarily estimated the value of the intangible assets from this transaction and is amortizing the amount over 15 years for tax purposes. During the current period, the Company deducted $0.6 million of tax amortization expense related to capitalized goodwill. As of December 31, 2013, the Company recorded a deferred tax liability of $0.2 million related to this amortization which is not considered a future source of taxable income in evaluating the need for a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

The Company had $10.9 million of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2013. The future impact of the unrecognized tax benefit of $10.9 million, if recognized, is as follows: approximately $0.3 million would impact the effective tax rate, and approximately $10.6 million would result in adjustments to deferred tax assets and corresponding adjustments to the valuation allowance. It is reasonably possible that the amount of unrealized tax benefit could decrease by approximately $0.1 million during the next twelve months due to the expiration of the statute of limitations in certain foreign jurisdictions.

Estimated interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes are classified as a component of tax expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and were immaterial for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Accrued interest and penalties were $46,000 and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

In general, the Company's U.S. federal income tax returns are subject to examination by tax authorities for fiscal years 2001 forward due to net operating losses and the Company's state income tax returns are subject to examination for fiscal years 2003 forward due to net operating losses.

11. Net (Loss) Income Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, less shares subject to repurchase, and excludes any dilutive effects of options, warrants and unvested restricted stock. Dilutive earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares used in the basic earnings per share calculation plus the dilutive effect of shares subject to repurchase, options, warrants and unvested restricted stock.

21

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per share (in thousands, except per share data):

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Net (loss) income	$	(15,986	)	$	(4,206	)	$	(16,022	)	$	8,709
Weighted-average shares used in per share calculation – basic	95,216			94,501			94,639			94,619
Incremental shares using the treasury stock method:
Stock options	—			—			—			418
Restricted stock units	—			—			—			370
Employee Stock Purchase Plan	—			—			—			107
Weighted -average share used in per share calculation – diluted	95,216			94,501			94,639			95,514
Net (loss) income per share – basic	$	(0.17	)	$	(0.04	)	(0.17		)	0.09
Net (loss) income per share – diluted	$	(0.17	)	$	(0.04	)	(0.17		)	0.09

Potentially dilutive common shares from employee incentive plans are determined by applying the treasury stock method to the assumed exercise of outstanding stock options, the assumed vesting of outstanding restricted stock units, and the assumed issuance of common stock under the stock purchase plan. Weighted stock options outstanding with an exercise price higher than the Company's average stock price for the periods presented are excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per share since the effect of including them would have been anti-dilutive due to the net income position of the Company during the periods presented. For the three months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company excluded 3.9 million and 7.3 million outstanding weighted average stock options and awards, respectively, from the calculation of diluted earnings per common share because they would have been anti-dilutive.  For the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company excluded 2.6 million and 7.0 million outstanding weighted average stock options and awards, respectively, from the calculation of diluted earnings per common share because they would have been anti-dilutive. 

12. Restructuring Charges

As part of the Company's on-going restructuring efforts, during the second quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company initiated a plan to reduce its worldwide headcount by 13%, consolidate specific global administrative functions, and shift certain operating costs to lower cost regions, among other actions. Restructuring expense was $0.4 million and $0.5 million in the three and six months ended December 31, 2013. Restructuring expense was $5.2 million and $5.2 million in the three and six months ended December 31, 2012.

The following table summarizes restructuring activities for the six months ended December 31, 2013:

	Termination Benefits (1)			Contract Termination			Other Cost			Total
Balance at June 30, 2013	$	1,217		$	—		$	249		$	1,466
Assumed from acquisition	—			127			—			127
Period charges	110			628			83			821
Period reversals	(309		)	(7		)	—			(316		)
Period payments	(950		)	(107		)	(332		)	(1,389		)
Restructuring liabilities at December 31, 2013	$	68		$	641		$	—		$	709

(1) Termination benefits generally include severance, outplacement services and health insurance coverage.

13. Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage exposures to foreign currency. The Company’s objective for holding derivatives is to use the most effective methods to minimize the impact of these exposures. The Company does not enter into derivatives for speculative or trading purposes. The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet as Other Assets, Net at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized in earnings as Other Income (Expense). The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to mitigate the effect of gains and losses generated by the foreign currency forecasted transactions related to certain operating expenses and re-measurement of certain assets and liabilities denominated in

22

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

foreign currencies. These derivatives do not qualify as hedges. At December 31, 2013, these forward foreign currency contracts had a notional principal amount of $6.7 million and a $0.1 million unrealized loss on foreign exchange contracts. These contracts have maturities of less than 60 days. Changes in the fair value of these foreign exchange forward contracts are offset largely by re-measurement of the underlying assets and liabilities.

Foreign currency transaction gains and losses from operations were a $1.0 million loss and a $1.1 million loss for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013, respectively. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses from operations were a $0.4 million gain and a $0.1 million gain for the three and six months ended December 31, 2012.

14. Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Geographic Areas

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision makers with respect to the allocation of resources and performance.

The Company operates in one segment, the development and marketing of network infrastructure equipment. The Company conducts business globally and is managed geographically. Revenue is attributed to a geographical area based on the location of the customers. The Company operates in three geographical areas: Americas, which includes the United States, Canada, Mexico, Central America and South America; EMEA, which includes Europe, Russia, Middle East and Africa; and APAC which includes Asia Pacific, South Asia, India, and Australia.

The Company attributes revenues to geographic regions primarily based on the customer's ship-to location. Information regarding geographic areas is as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
Net Revenues:	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Americas:
United States	$	56,292	$	22,731	$	81,681	$	47,935
Other	13,913		10,767		20,214		20,545
Total Americas	70,205		33,498		101,895		68,480
EMEA	61,292		28,700		92,133		57,220
APAC	15,086		13,353		28,470		25,978
Total net revenues	$	146,583	$	75,551	$	222,498	$	151,678

Substantially all of the Company’s assets were attributable to North America operations at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013.

23

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This quarterly report on Form 10-Q, including the following sections, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including in particularly, our expectations regarding market demands, customer requirements and the general economic environment, future results of operations, and other statements that include words such as “may” “expect” or “believe” . These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. We caution investors that actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain risk factors identified in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Report, our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the first quarter of fiscal 2014, our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, and other filings we have made with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These risk factors, include, but are not limited to: fluctuations in demand for our products and services; a highly competitive business environment for network switching equipment; our effectiveness in controlling expenses; the possibility that we might experience delays in the development or introduction of new technology and products; customer response to our new technology and products; the timing of any recovery in the global economy; risks related to pending or future litigation; a dependency on third parties for certain components and for the manufacturing of our products; and our ability to receive the anticipated benefits of the acquisition of Enterasys.

Business Overview

We are a leading provider of network infrastructure equipment and services for enterprises, data centers, and service providers. We were incorporated in California in May 1996 and reincorporated in Delaware in March 1999. Our corporate headquarters are located in San Jose, California. We develop and sell network infrastructure equipment to our enterprise, data center and telecommunications service provider customers.

On October 31, 2013 (the “Acquisition Date”), we completed the acquisition of Enterasys Networks, Inc. (“Enterasys”), a privately held provider of wired and wireless network infrastructure and security solutions, for $180.0 million, net of cash acquired, whereby Enterasys became our wholly-owned subsidiary.  The combined entity immediately became a networking industry leader with more than 12,000 customers. As a combined Company, we believe we will set the standard for the networking industry with a strategic focus on three principles:

Highly scaled and differentiated products and solutions: Our combined product portfolio spans data center networking, switching and routing, Software-Defined Networking (SDN), wired and wireless LAN access, network management and security. This broader solutions portfolio can be leveraged to better serve existing and new customers. We will continue to enhance and support the product roadmaps of both companies going forward to protect the investments of customers and avoid any disruption to their businesses. We intend to significantly increase research and development to accelerate the vision for high-performance, modular, open networking.

Leading customer service and support: We are working to augment our current outsourced support model by integrating Enterasys' in-sourced expertise, building on Enterasys' award-winning heritage and strong commitment to exceptional customer experience. The Company's expanded global network of channel partners and distributors will benefit from expanded services and support capabilities.

Strong Channels and Strategic Partners: Our focus will be to leverage the capabilities of the combined Company and expand existing partnerships with Ericsson and the developing partnership with Lenovo as well as continue to add new strategic partnerships in the future. Additionally, we will increase our focus on partnering with distributors and channel partners globally. The goal will be to develop and enhance relationships that grow revenue and profits for the Company and our alliance and channel partners. At the same time, we are investing in infrastructure to make doing business with the Company easier and more efficient.

24

We conduct our sales and marketing activities on a worldwide basis through a distribution channel utilizing distributors, resellers and our field sales organization. We primarily sell our products through an ecosystem of channel partners who combine our Ethernet products with their offerings to create compelling information technology solutions for end user customers. We utilize our field sales organization to support our channel partners and to sell direct to end-user customers, including some large global accounts. Our customers include businesses, hospitals, universities, hotels, telecommunications companies and government agencies around the world.

We outsource the majority of our manufacturing and supply chain management operations as part of our strategy to maintain global manufacturing capabilities and to reduce our costs. We conduct quality assurance, manufacturing engineering, document control and test development at engineering facilities in or near Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, Salem, New Hampshire, Chennai, India and Toronto, Canada. This approach enables us to attract talent in our selected regions and quickly respond to changes in market demand.

The market for network infrastructure equipment is highly competitive and dominated by a few large companies. The current economic climate has further driven consolidation of vendors within the Ethernet networking market and with vendors from adjacent markets, including storage, security, wireless and voice applications. We believe that the underpinning technology for all of these adjacent markets is Ethernet. As a result, we believe that, as an independent Ethernet switch vendor, we must provide products that, when combined with the products of our large strategic partners, create compelling solutions for end user customers. Our approach is to focus on the intelligence and automation layer that spans our hardware and software products that facilitates end-to-end solutions, as opposed to positioning Extreme Networks as a low-cost-vendor with point products.

We believe that continued success in our marketplace is dependent upon a variety of factors that includes, but is not limited to, our ability to design, develop and distribute new and enhanced products employing leading-edge technology.

Results of Operations

During the second quarter of fiscal 2014, we achieved the following results:

• Net revenues of $146.6 million compared to net revenues of $75.6 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2013.

• Product revenues of $119.1 million compared to product revenues of $60.3 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2013.

• Service revenues of $27.5 million compared to service revenues of $15.3 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2013.

• Total gross margin of 48% of net revenues compared to total gross margin of 54% of net revenues in the second quarter of fiscal 2013.

• Operating loss of $13.8 million compared to operating loss of $3.8 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2013.

• Net loss of $16.0 million compared to net loss of $4.2 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2013.

• Cash flow used in operating activities of $4.9 million in the six months ended December 31, 2013 compared to cash flow provided by operating activities of $8.1 million in the six months ended December 31, 2012.

• Cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and marketable securities decreased by $93.6 million to $112.0 million as of December 31, 2013 from $205.6 million as of June 30, 2013, primarily due to cash used to fund a portion of the acquisition of Enterasys.

We operate in three regions: Americas, which includes the United States, Canada, Mexico, Central America and South America; EMEA, which includes Europe, Russia, Middle East, and Africa; and APAC which includes Asia Pacific, South Asia, India, and Australia.

25

The following table presents the total net revenue geographically for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively (dollars in thousands):

	Three Months Ended										Six Months Ended
Net Revenues	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			$ Change		% Change		December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			$ Change			% Change
Americas:
United States	$	56,292		$	22,731		$	33,561	147.6	%	$	81,681		$	47,935		$	33,746		70.4	%
Other	13,913			10,767			3,146		29.2	%	20,214			20,545			(331		)	(1.6	)%
Total Americas	70,205			33,498			36,707		109.6	%	101,895			68,480			33,415			48.8	%
Percentage of net revenue	48.0		%	44.3		%					45.8		%	45.1		%
EMEA	61,292			28,700			32,592		113.6	%	92,133			57,220			34,913			61.0	%
Percentage of net revenue	41.8		%	38.0		%					41.4		%	37.7		%
APAC	15,086			13,353			1,733		13.0	%	28,470			25,978			2,492			9.6	%
Percentage of net revenue	10.3		%	17.7		%					12.8		%	17.1		%
Total net revenues	$	146,583		$	75,551		$	71,032	94.0	%	$	222,498		$	151,678		$	70,820		46.7	%

Net Revenues

The following table presents net product and service revenue for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively (dollars in thousands):

	Three Months Ended										Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			$ Change		% Change		December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			$ Change		% Change
Net Revenues:
Product	$	119,065		$	60,259		$	58,806	97.6	%	$	180,109		$	121,378		$	58,731	48.4	%
Percentage of net revenue	81.2		%	79.8		%					80.9		%	80.0		%
Service	27,518			15,292			12,226		80.0	%	42,389			30,300			12,089		39.9	%
Percentage of net revenue	18.8		%	20.2		%					19.1		%	20.0		%
Total net revenues	$	146,583		$	75,551		$	71,032	94.0	%	$	222,498		$	151,678		$	70,820	46.7	%

Product revenue increased $58.8 million or 97.6% in the second quarter of fiscal 2014 compared to the corresponding period of fiscal 2013. Product revenue increased $58.7 million or 48.4% in the six months ending December 31, 2013 compared to the corresponding period of fiscal 2013. In the three and six months ending December 31, 2013, there was a significant increase in the number of customers and products sold during the period due to our acquisition of Enterasys. This resulted in a significant increase in our product revenue in all regions.

Service revenue increased $12.2 million or 80.0% in the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and $12.1 million or 39.9% in the six months ended December 31, 2013 compared to the corresponding period of fiscal 2013. The increase in the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 was due to an increase in service maintenance contract, professional service & training revenues due to our acquisition of Enterasys.

26

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

The following table presents the gross profit on product and service revenue and the gross profit percentage of product and service revenue for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended										Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			$ Change		% Change		December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			$ Change		% Change
Gross profit:
Product	$	52,172		$	30,882		$	21,290	68.9	%	$	85,700		$	61,525		$	24,175	39.3	%
Percentage of product revenue	43.8		%	51.3		%					47.6		%	50.7		%
Service	17,673			9,857			7,816		79.3	%	27,851			19,189			8,662		45.1	%
Percentage of service revenue	64.2		%	64.5		%					65.7		%	63.3		%
Total gross profit	$	69,845		$	40,739		$	29,106	71.4	%	$	113,551		$	80,714		$	32,837	40.7	%
Percentage of net revenue	47.7		%	53.9		%					51.0		%	53.2		%

Cost of product revenue includes costs of materials, amounts paid to third-party contract manufacturers, costs related to warranty obligations, charges for excess and obsolete inventory, royalties under technology license agreements, and internal costs associated with manufacturing overhead, including management, manufacturing engineering, quality assurance, development of test plans, and document control. We outsource substantially all of our manufacturing and supply chain management operations, and we conduct quality assurance, manufacturing engineering, document control and distribution in San Jose, California, China, and Taiwan. Accordingly, a significant portion of our cost of product revenue consists of payments to our primary contract manufacturer located in Hsinchu, Taiwan. In addition, we OEM our wireless product line from Motorola.

Product gross margin decreased to 43.8% from 51.3% in the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and decreased to 47.6% from 50.7% in the six months ended December 31, 2013 compared to the corresponding periods of fiscal 2013. The decrease in product gross margin for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to higher material, labor and overhead costs from the additional headcount and warehouses due to our acquisition of Enterasys, a $9.2 million charge related to a portion of the release of the step-up value for inventory as required by business combination accounting and $2.7 million increase in the amortization of the developed technology intangibles from the acquisition of Enterasys. Such increases for the six months ended December 31, 2013 were offset by lower excess and obsolete inventory charges as compared to corresponding period of fiscal 2013.

Our cost of service revenue consists primarily of labor, overhead, repair and freight costs and the cost of spares used in providing support under customer service contracts. Service gross margin decreased to 64.2% from 64.5% in the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and increased to 65.7% from 63.3% during the six months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding periods of fiscal 2013. The service gross margin for the three months ended December 31, 2013 decreased primarily due to higher labor, overhead and travel cost due to the acquisition of Enterasys. The service gross margin for the six months ended December 31, 2013 increased primarily due to cost reduction initiatives partially offset by the increased cost of revenues from the acquisition of Enterasys.

27

Operating Expenses

The following table presents operating expenses and operating income (in thousands, except percentages):

	Three Months Ended											Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			$ Change			% Change		December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			$ Change			% Change
Research and development	$	18,896		$	11,007		$	7,889		71.7	%	$	28,832		$	21,573		$	7,259		33.6	%
Sales and marketing	40,636			22,093			18,543			83.9	%	63,330			44,120			19,210			43.5	%
General and administrative	11,189			6,644			4,545			68.4	%	18,125			12,003			6,122			51.0	%
Acquisition and integration costs	8,688			—			8,688			100.0	%	12,382			—			12,382			100.0	%
Restructuring charge, net of reversals	430			5,176			(4,746		)	91.7	%	505			5,167			(4,662		)	(90.2	)%
Amortization of intangibles	3,778			—			3,778			100.0	%	3,778			—			3,778			100.0	%
Litigation settlement	—			(421		)	421			(100.0	)%	—			(421		)	421			(100.0	)%
Gain on sale of facilities	—			—			—			—	%	—			(11,539		)	11,539			(100.0	)%
Total operating expenses	$	83,617		$	44,499		$	39,118		87.9	%	$	126,952		$	70,903		$	56,049		79.1	%
Operating income	$	(13,772	)	$	(3,760	)	$	(10,012	)	266.3	%	$	(13,401	)	$	9,811		$	(23,212	)	(236.6	)%

The following table highlights our operating expenses and operating income as a percentage of net revenues:

	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Research and development	12.9	%	14.6	%	13.0	%	14.2	%
Sales and marketing	27.7	%	29.2	%	28.5	%	29.1	%
General and administrative	7.6	%	8.8	%	8.1	%	7.9	%
Acquisition and integration costs	5.9	%	—	%	5.56	%	—	%
Restructuring charge, net of reversals	0.3	%	6.9	%	0.2	%	3.4	%
Amortization of intangibles	2.6	%	—	%	1.70	%	—	%
Litigation settlement	—	%	(0.6	)%	—	%	(0.3	)%
Gain on sale of facilities	—	%	—	%	—	%	(7.6	)%
Total operating expenses	57.0	%	58.9	%	57.1	%	46.7	%
Operating income	(9.4	)%	(5.0	)%	(6.0	)%	6.5	%

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related personnel expenses, consultant fees and prototype expenses related to the design, development, and testing of our products.

Research and development expenses increased by $7.9 million, or 71.7% in the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and $7.3 million or 33.6% for the six months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding periods of fiscal 2013. The increase in research and development expenses for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to increased personnel costs from the additional headcount from the acquisition of Enterasys. Such increases were slightly offset by lower spending on engineering projects due to differences in timing and pattern of planned engineering project spending as compared to fiscal 2013.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses consist of salaries, commissions and related expenses for personnel engaged in marketing and sales functions, as well as trade shows and promotional expenses.

28

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $18.5 million, or 83.9% in the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and $19.2 million or 43.5% for the six months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding periods of fiscal 2013. The increase in sales and marketing expenses for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to increased personnel costs due to increased headcount as well as increased spending on sales and marketing programs due to additional programs from the acquisition of Enterasys.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by $4.5 million, or 68.4% in the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and $6.1 million or 51.0% for the six months ended December 31, 2013, compared to the corresponding periods of fiscal 2013. The increase in general and administrative expenses during the three and six months ending December 31, 2013, compared to the corresponding periods of fiscal 2013, was primarily due to higher personnel and travel costs and higher rent charges due to additional headcount and facilities from the acquisition of Enterasys.

Acquisition and integration Costs

As a result of our acquisition of Enterasys, we incurred $8.7 million and $12.4 million of acquisition and integration costs during the second quarter and six months ended December 31, 2013. The Company anticipates to incur integration costs for the next two years.

Restructuring Charge, Net of Reversals

Restructuring charges decreased by $4.7 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and six months ended December 31, 2013 compared to the corresponding periods of fiscal 2013.  During the second quarter of fiscal 2013, we initiated a plan to reduce our worldwide headcount by 13%, consolidate specific global administrative functions, and shift certain operating costs to lower cost regions, among other actions. The Company has substantially expensed all of the costs associated with this initiative. As of December 31, 2013, we had restructuring liabilities of $0.7 million, which we anticipate paying by the end of fiscal 2015.

Amortization of intangibles

During the second quarter of fiscal 2014, we recorded $3.8 million amortization of certain intangibles related to the acquisition of Enterasys on October 31, 2013.

Litigation Settlement

During the second quarter of fiscal 2013, we recognized a litigation award of $0.4 million related to a favorable verdict on a trial.

Gain on Campus Sale

During the first quarter of fiscal 2013, we completed the sale of our corporate campus and accompanying 16 acres of land in Santa Clara, California for net cash proceeds of approximately $44.7 million. We realized a gain of approximately $11.5 million in connection with this transaction.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net increased by $0.6 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and by $0.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013 compared to the corresponding periods of fiscal 2013.  The increase in other expense, net was primarily due to losses from the revaluation of certain assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars. For the six months ended December 31, 2013, we had an additional decrease from an other than temporary impairment loss of $148,000, recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2014.

Provision for Income Taxes

For the three and six months ended December 31, 2013, we recorded an income tax provision of $0.9 million and $1.4 million, respectively. For the three and six months ended December 31, 2012, we recorded an income tax provision of $0.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

The income tax provisions for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted primarily of taxes on the income of our foreign subsidiaries as well as U.S. state income taxes. The income tax provision for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 also includes an expense related to a deferred tax liability for the amortization of goodwill recorded as a result of the acquisition of Enterasys.

29

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could have reasonably used different accounting estimates, and in other instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

As discussed in Part II, Item 7, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2013, we consider the following accounting policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing our consolidated financial statements:

• Revenue Recognition

• Inventory Valuation

• Long Lived Assets

• Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

• Deferred Tax Valuation Allowance

• Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

• Share-Based Compensation

• Legal Contingencies

• Restructuring Costs

We added the following policies to our critical accounting policies during the second quarter of fiscal 2014.

Business Combinations

We apply the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations, including its acquisition of Enterasys Networks, Inc. on October 31, 2013. Under this method of accounting, all assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values at the date of the completion of each transaction. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, intangibles and other asset lives, among other items. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (an exit price). Market participants are assumed to be buyers and sellers in the principal (most advantageous) market for the asset or liability. Additionally, fair value measurements for an asset assume the highest and best use of that asset by market participants. As a result, we may have been required to value the acquired assets at fair value measures that do not reflect its intended use of those assets. Use of different estimates and judgments could yield different results. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made are reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to our consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill

Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at adoption and at least annually thereafter. To test goodwill for impairment, we first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, we will then perform the two-step goodwill impairment test.

30

Otherwise, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. Under the two-step goodwill impairment test, we would, in the first step, compare the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, no impairment loss would be recognized. However, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of the unit may be impaired. The amount, if any, of the impairment is then measured in the second step in which we determine the implied value of goodwill based on the allocation of the estimated fair value determined in the initial step to all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740)-Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”). This ASU provides guidance regarding the presentation in the statement of financial position of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward or a tax credit carryforward exists. The ASU generally provides that an entity's unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of its unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in its financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. ASU 2013-11 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 31, 2013. We intend to adopt this standard prospectively in the first quarter of its fiscal year ending June 30, 2015. We do not believe this updated standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following summarizes information regarding our cash, investments, and working capital (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		June 30, 2013
Cash and cash equivalent	$	68,304	$	95,803
Short-term investments	43,713		43,034
Marketable securities	—		66,776
Total cash and investments	$	112,017	$	205,613
Working capital	$	75,736	$	96,279

As of December 31, 2013, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash, cash equivalents and investments of $112.0 million, net accounts receivable of $94.3 million and borrowings from the Revolving Facility under which the Company had $25.0 million of availability at December 31, 2013. Our principal uses of cash will include repayments of debt and related interest, purchase of finished goods inventory from our contract manufacturers, payroll, restructuring expenses and other operating expenses related to the development, marketing of our products, purchases of property and equipment and repurchases of our common stock. We believe that our $112.0 million of cash and cash equivalents and investments at December 31, 2013 along with the availability of borrowings from the Revolving Facility of $25.0 million will be sufficient to fund our principal uses of cash for at least the next 12 months.

Our Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that require us to maintain a minimum Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Consolidated Quick Ratio and a maximum a Consolidated Leverage Ratio and several other covenants and restrictions that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens upon any of our property, merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our assets, etc. 

The Credit Agreement also includes customary events of default, including failure to pay principal, interest or fees when due, failure to comply with covenants, if any representation or warranty made by us is false or misleading in any material respect, certain insolvency or receivership events affecting Extreme and its subsidiaries, the occurrence of certain material judgments, the occurrence of certain ERISA events, the invalidity of the loan documents or a change in control of our Company.  The amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement may be accelerated upon certain events of default. We believe we are in compliance and expect to remain in compliance with our Credit Agreement covenants and they are not expected to impact our liquidity or capital resources.

31

Key Components of Cash Flows and Liquidity

A summary of the sources and uses of cash and cash equivalents is as follows (in thousands):

	Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(4,869	)	$	8,077
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	$	(126,967	)	$	31,181
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	$	103,990		$	(4,557	)
Foreign currency effect on cash	$	347		$	469
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	$	(27,499	)	$	35,170

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Cash flows from operations decreased by $12.3 million in the six months ending December 31, 2013 compared to the corresponding period of fiscal 2013, primarily due to the post acquisition increase in accounts receivables, increase in inventory balances and timing of inventory receipts to bring the inventory levels in line with the near term demand and an increase in post acquisition accounts payable balance and the timing of payments. Such decreases were partially offset by $4.9 million cash received as tenant incentives from the landlords of existing leased facilities which the Company used towards leasehold improvements.

Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities

Cash flow used in investing activities in the six months ending December 31, 2013 was $127.0 million, comprised of $180.0 million net cash used for the acquisition of Enterasys, purchases of investments of $9.0 million, $12.6 million used to purchase property and equipment offset by proceeds of $20.1 million from the maturities of investments and proceeds of $54.6 million from the sale of investments.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Cash flow provided by financing activities in the six months ending December 31, 2013 was $104.0 million, comprised of issuance of Term Loan of $65.0 million and a draw on the Revolving Facility of $35 million used for the acquisition of Enterasys, $4.8 million proceeds from the exercise of stock options and purchases of shares of our common stock under the ESPP, net of taxes paid on vested and released stock awards offset by $0.8 million of cash used for repayment of debt.

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2013, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands):

	Total		Less than 1 Year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Contractual Obligations:
Debt obligations	$	99,187	$	4,062	$	22,750	$	72,375	$	—
Interest on debt obligations	10,005		2,610		4,657		2,738		—
Non-cancellable inventory purchase commitments	63,165		63,165		—		—		—
Non-cancellable operating lease obligations	62,146		10,871		15,095		12,975		23,205
Other liabilities	9,869		3,032		4,530		809		1,498
Total contractual cash obligations	$	244,372	$	83,740	$	47,032	$	88,897	$	24,703

Non-cancelable inventory purchase commitments represent the purchase of long lead-time component inventory that our contract manufacturers procure in accordance with our forecast. Inventory purchase commitments were $63.2 million as of December 31, 2013, an increase of $13.1 million from $50.1 million as of June 30, 2013. We expect to honor the inventory purchase commitments within the next 12 months.

32

Non-cancelable operating lease obligations represent base rents and operating expense obligations to landlords for facilities we occupy at various locations.

Other liabilities include the Company's commitments towards debt related fees and specific arrangements other than inventory.

The amounts in the table above exclude $0.3 million of income tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions as we are unable to reasonably estimate the timing of settlement.

We did not have any material commitments for capital expenditures as of December 31, 2013.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2013.

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Investments

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while at the same time maximize the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk. Some of the securities that we have invested in may be subject to market risk. This means that a change in prevailing interest rates may cause the principal amount of the investment to fluctuate. For example, if we hold a security that was issued with a fixed interest rate at the then-prevailing rate and the prevailing interest rate later rises, the principal amount of our investment will probably decline. To minimize this risk, we maintain our portfolio of cash equivalents and short-term investments in a variety of securities, including commercial paper, other non-government debt securities and money market funds.

The valuation of our investment portfolio is subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Factors that may impact its valuation include changes to credit ratings of the securities, discount rates and ongoing strength and quality of market credit and liquidity.

If the current market conditions deteriorate further, or the anticipated recovery in market values does not occur, we may be required to record impairment charges in future quarters.

The following table presents the amounts of our cash equivalents, short-term investments and marketable securities that are subject to market risk by range of expected maturity and weighted-average interest rates as of December 31, 2013. This table does not include money market funds because those funds are generally not subject to market risk.

	Maturing in
	Three months or less			Three months to one year			Greater than one year			Total		Fair Value
	(In thousands)
December 31, 2013
Included in short-term investments	$	8,780		$	5,063		$	29,869		$	43,712	$	43,712
Weighted average interest rate	0.71		%	0.70		%	0.88		%

The following tables present hypothetical changes in fair value of the financial instruments held at December 31, 2013 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates:

Unrealized gain given a decrease in interest rate of X bps				Fair value as of		Unrealized loss given an increase in interest rate of X bps
(100 bps)		(50 bps)		December 31, 2013		100 bps			50 bps
(In thousands)
$	470	$	234	$	61,621	$	(460	)	$	(231	)

33

Debt

At certain points in time we are exposed to the impact of interest rate fluctuations, primarily in the form of variable rate borrowings from our credit facility.

The following table presents hypothetical changes in interest expense for the quarter ended December 31, 2013, on outstanding credit facility borrowings as of December 31, 2013, that are sensitive to changes in interest rates:

Change in interest expense given a decrease in interest rate of X bps*						Average outstanding debt as of		Change in interest expense given an increase in interest rate of X bps
(100 bps)			(50 bps)			December 31, 2013		100 bps		50 bps
(In thousands)
$	(29	)	$	(29	)	$	100,000	$	172	$	86

* Underlying interest rate was 0.17% during the quarter. The table above assumed the underlying interest rate did not decrease below 0%.

Exchange Rate Sensitivity

Currently, substantially all of our sales and the majority of our expenses are denominated in United States dollars. While we conduct some sales transactions and incur certain operating expenses in foreign currencies and expect to continue to do so, we do not anticipate that foreign exchange gains or losses will be significant, in part because of our foreign exchange risk management process discussed below.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts

We record all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized in earnings as Other Income (Expense), net. We enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to mitigate the effect of gains and losses generated by the foreign currency forecasted transactions related to certain operating expenses and re-measurement of certain assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. These derivatives do not qualify as hedges. At December 31, 2013, these forward foreign currency contracts had a notional principal amount of $6.7 million and a $0.1 million unrealized loss on foreign exchange contracts. These contracts have maturities of less than 60 days. Changes in the fair value of these foreign exchange forward contracts are offset largely by re-measurement of the underlying assets and liabilities.

Foreign currency transaction gains and losses from operations were a $1.0 million loss and a $1.1 million loss for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013, respectively. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses from operations were a $0.4 million gain and a $0.1 million gain for the three and six months ended December 31, 2012.

34

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and procedures designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, such as this Report, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms and to reasonably assure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Our assessment of the internal controls excluded Enterasys Networks Inc. (“Enterasys”) which was acquired on October 31, 2013.  Enterasys had net revenues of $70 million and total assets of $135 million, which are included in the condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the three months ended December 31, 2013. We are currently assessing the control environment of this acquired business. Enterasys’s sales constitute approximately 48% of our sales for the quarterly period covered by this report, and Enterasys's assets constitute approximately 26% of our total assets as of the end of such period.

Under guidelines established by the SEC, companies are allowed to exclude acquisitions from their assessment of internal control over financial reporting during the first year of an acquisition while integrating the acquired company.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Report. Based on this evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Report.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurances with respect to financial statement preparation. Further because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time.

We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the period covered by this Report. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.

Based on our assessment using those criteria, we concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Report, our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

As noted above, our assessment of the internal controls excluded Enterasys which was acquired on October 31, 2013. Under guidelines established by the SEC, companies are permitted to exclude acquisitions from their assessment of internal control over financial reporting during the first year of an acquisition while integrating the acquired company.  During the integration period management is developing additional controls to ensure the financial information provided by Enterasys Networks, Inc. is complete and accurate in all material respects.

Except as noted above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. Our controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that our control system's objective will be met and our CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within

35

Extreme Networks have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events. Projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of controls in future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. Notwithstanding these limitations, our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives. Our CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are, in fact, effective at the “reasonable assurance” level.

36

PART II. Other Information

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

For information regarding litigation matters that we deem significant, refer to Part I, Item 3, Legal Proceedings of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 and Note 9 to our Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report which are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The following is a list of risks and uncertainties which may have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The risks and uncertainties set out below are not the only risks and uncertainties we face, and some are endemic to the networking industry.

We cannot assure you that we will be profitable in the future because a number of factors could negatively affect our financial results.

We have a limited history of profitability and have reported losses in some of our prior fiscal years. In addition, in years when we reported profits, we were not profitable in each quarter during those years. We anticipate continuing to incur significant sales and marketing, product development and general and administrative expenses. Any delay in generating or recognizing revenue could result in a loss for a quarter or full year. Even if we are profitable, our operating results may fall below our expectations and those of our investors, which could cause the price of our stock to fall.

We may experience challenges or delays in generating or recognizing revenue for a number of reasons and our revenue and operating results have varied significantly in the past and may vary significantly in the future due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

• we are dependent upon obtaining orders during a quarter and shipping those orders in the same quarter to achieve our revenue objectives;

• decreases in the prices of the products that we sell;

• the mix of products sold and the mix of distribution channels through which products are sold;

• acceptance provisions in customer contracts;

• our ability to deliver installation or inspection services by the end of the quarter;

• changes in general and/or specific economic conditions in the networking industry;

• seasonal fluctuations in demand for our products and services;

• a disproportionate percentage of our sales occurring in the last month of the quarter;

• our ability to ship products by the end of a quarter;

• reduced visibility into the implementation cycles for our products and our customers’ spending plans;

• our ability to forecast demand for our products, which in the case of lower-than-expected sales, may result in excess or obsolete inventory in addition to non-cancelable purchase commitments for component parts;

• sales to the telecommunications service provider market, which represent a significant source of large product orders, are especially volatile and difficult to forecast;

• product returns or the cancellation or rescheduling of orders;

• announcements and new product introductions by our competitors;

• our ability to develop and support relationships with enterprise customers, service providers and other potential large customers;

• our ability to achieve targeted cost reductions;

• fluctuations in warranty or other service expenses actually incurred;

• our ability to obtain sufficient supplies of sole- or limited-source components for our products on a timely basis;

• increases in the price of the components that we purchase.

Due to the foregoing factors, period-to-period comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon as an indicator of our future performance.

37

We may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition of Enterasys.

The success of the acquisition of Enterasys will depend on, among other things, our ability to combine the businesses of Extreme and Enterasys in a manner that does not materially disrupt existing relationships and that allows us to achieve anticipated operational synergies. We will face significant challenges in combining the two operations into one in a timely and efficient manner. The failure to integrate successfully and to manage successfully the challenges presented by the integration process may result in us not achieving the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.

We have made certain assumptions relating to the acquisition in our forecasts that may prove to be materially inaccurate.

We have made certain assumptions relating to the forecast level of cost savings, synergies and associated costs of the acquisition of Enterasys. Our assumptions relating to the forecast level of cost savings, synergies and associated costs of the acquisition may be inaccurate based on the information available to us, including as the result of the failure to realize the expected benefits of the acquisition, higher than expected transaction and integration costs, including our ability to service new debt, as well as general economic and business conditions that may adversely affect the combined company following the completion of the acquisition.

The combination of our business with the Enterasys business will require significant management attention, and we expect to incur significant costs because of integration challenges.

The combined company will be required to devote significant management attention and other resources to integrating the two businesses. We may not successfully complete the integration of our operations in a timely manner and may experience disruptions in relationships with customers, suppliers and employees as a result.

Through December 31, 2013, we have incurred transaction and integration costs in connection with the Enterasys acquisition of approximately $12.4 million. We expect to incur additional costs integrating the companies’ operations, product offerings, and personnel, which cannot be estimated accurately at this time. Although we expect that the realization of efficiencies related to the integration of the business will offset incremental transaction, integration and restructuring costs over time, we cannot give any assurance that this net benefit will be achieved. If the total costs of the integration exceed the anticipated benefits of the acquisition, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

We may engage in future acquisitions that dilute the ownership interests of our stockholders, cause us to incur debt or assume contingent liabilities.

As part of our business strategy, we review acquisition and strategic investment prospects that we believe would complement our current product offerings, augment our market coverage or enhance our technical capabilities, or otherwise offer growth opportunities. In the event of any future acquisitions, we could:

• issue equity securities which would dilute current stockholders' percentage ownership;

• incur substantial debt;

• assume contingent liabilities; or

• expend significant cash.

These actions could have a material adverse effect on our operating results or the price of our common stock. Moreover, even if we do obtain benefits in the form of increased sales and earnings, these benefits may be recognized much later than the time when the expenses associated with an acquisition are incurred. This is particularly relevant in cases where it would be necessary to integrate new types of technology into our existing portfolio and new types of products may be targeted for potential customers with which we do not have pre-existing relationships. Acquisitions and investment activities also entail numerous risks, including:

• difficulties in the assimilation of acquired operations, technologies and/or products;

• unanticipated costs associated with the acquisition or investment transaction;

• the diversion of management's attention from other business concerns;

• adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;

• risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience;

• the potential loss of key employees of acquired organizations; and

38

• substantial charges for the amortization of certain purchased intangible assets, deferred stock compensation or similar items.

Our credit facilities impose financial and operating restrictions on us.

Our debt instruments impose, and the terms of any future debt may impose, operating and other restrictions on us. These restrictions could affect, and in many respects limit or prohibit, among other items, our ability to:

• incur additional indebtedness;

• create liens;

• make investments;

• enter into transactions with affiliates;

• sell assets;

• guarantee indebtedness;

• declare or pay dividends or other distributions to stockholders;

• repurchase equity interests;

• change the nature of our business;

• enter into swap agreements;

• issue or sell capital stock of certain of our subsidiaries; and

• consolidate, merge, or transfer all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

The agreements governing our credit facilities also require us to achieve and maintain compliance with specified financial ratios.

A breach of any of these restrictive covenants or the inability to comply with the required financial ratios could result in a default under our debt instruments. If any such default occurs, the lenders under our credit agreement may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable. The lenders under our credit agreement also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings. If we are unable to repay outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders under our credit agreement will have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the debt. If the debt under our credit agreement were to be accelerated, we cannot give assurance that this collateral would be sufficient to repay our debt.

If we fail to meet our payment or other obligations under our credit agreement, the lenders under such credit agreement could foreclose on, and acquire control of, substantially all of our assets.

Our credit agreement is jointly and severally guaranteed by us and certain of our subsidiaries. Borrowings under our credit facilities are secured by liens on substantially all our assets, including the capital stock of certain of our subsidiaries, and the assets of our subsidiaries that are loan party guarantors. If we are unable to repay outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders under our credit agreement will have the right to proceed against this pledged capital stock and take control of substantially all of our assets.

We purchase several key components for products from single or limited sources and could lose sales if these suppliers fail to meet our needs.

We currently purchase several key components used in the manufacture of our products from single or limited sources and are dependent upon supply from these sources to meet our needs. Certain components such as tantalum capacitors, SRAM, DRAM, and printed circuit boards, have been in the past, and may in the future be, in short supply. We have encountered, and are likely in the future to encounter, shortages and delays in obtaining these or other components, and this could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet customer orders. Our principal sole-source components include:

• ASICs;

• Merchant silicon;

• microprocessors;

• programmable integrated circuits;

39

• selected other integrated circuits;

• custom power supplies; and

• custom-tooled sheet metal.

Our principal limited-source components include:

• flash memory;

• DRAMs and SRAMs;

• printed circuit boards; and

• CAMs

• Connectors

• Timing circuits (crystals & clocks).

We use our forecast of expected demand to determine our material requirements. Lead times for materials and components we order vary significantly, and depend on factors such as the specific supplier, contract terms and demand for a component at a given time. If forecasts exceed orders, we may have excess and/or obsolete inventory, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. If orders exceed forecasts, we may have inadequate supplies of certain materials and components, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet customer delivery requirements and to recognize revenue.

Generally, we do not have agreements fixing long-term prices or minimum volume requirements from suppliers. From time to time we have experienced shortages and allocations of certain components, resulting in delays in filling orders. Qualifying new suppliers to compensate for such shortages may be time-consuming and costly, and may increase the likelihood of errors in design or production. In addition, during the development of our products, we have experienced delays in the prototyping of our chipsets, which in turn has led to delays in product introductions. Similar delays may occur in the future. Furthermore, the performance of the components as incorporated in our products may not meet the quality requirements of our customers.

Intense competition in the market for networking equipment could prevent us from increasing revenue and maintaining profitability.

The market for network switching solutions is intensely competitive and dominated primarily by Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., Cisco Systems Inc., Dell, Hewlett-Packard Company, Huawei, and Juniper Networks, Inc. Most of our competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, larger customer bases, broader product lines and substantially greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources. As a result, these competitors are able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products. In addition, they have larger distribution channels, stronger brand names, access to more customers, a larger installed customer base and a greater ability to make attractive offers to channel partners and customers than we do. For example, we have encountered, and expect to continue to encounter, many potential customers who are confident in and committed to the product offerings of our principal competitors. Accordingly, these potential customers may not consider or evaluate our products. When such potential customers have considered or evaluated our products, we have in the past lost, and expect in the future to lose, sales to some of these customers as large competitors have offered significant price discounts to secure these sales.

The pricing policies of our competitors impact the overall demand for our products and services. Some of our competitors are capable of operating at significant losses for extended periods of time, increasing pricing pressure on our products and services. If we do not maintain competitive pricing, the demand for our products and services, as well as our market share, may decline. From time to time, we may lower the prices of our products and services in response to competitive pressure. When this happens, if we are unable to reduce our component costs or improve operating efficiencies, our revenue and margins will be adversely affected.

We may not fully realize the anticipated positive impacts to future financial results from our restructuring efforts.

We have undertaken restructuring efforts within the last year to streamline operations and reduce operating expenses. Our ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and other benefits from our restructuring efforts within expected time frames is subject to many estimates and assumptions, and may vary materially based on factors such as market conditions and the effect of our restructuring efforts on our work force. These estimates and assumptions are subject to significant economic, competitive and other uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. There can be no assurance that we will fully realize the anticipated positive impacts to future financial results from our current or future restructuring efforts. If our estimates and assumptions are

40

incorrect or if other unforeseen events occur, we may not achieve the cost savings expected from such restructurings, and our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Industry consolidation may lead to stronger competition and may harm our operating results.

There has been a trend toward industry consolidation in our markets for several years. We expect this trend to continue as companies attempt to strengthen or hold their market positions in an evolving industry and as companies are acquired or are unable to continue operations. For example, some of our current and potential competitors for enterprise data center business have made acquisitions, or announced new strategic alliances, designed to position them with the ability to provide end-to-end technology solutions for the enterprise data center. Companies that are strategic alliance partners in some areas of our business may acquire or form alliances with our competitors, thereby reducing their business with us. We believe that industry consolidation may result in stronger competitors that are better able to compete as sole-source vendors for customers. This could lead to more variability in our operating results and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. Furthermore, particularly in the service provider market, rapid consolidation will lead to fewer customers, with the effect that loss of a major customer could have a material impact on results not anticipated in a customer marketplace composed of more numerous participants.

Our dependence on an OEM for a portion of our wireless products could harm our operating results.

We rely on Motorola to provide a portion of our wireless products. If we experience delays in product shipments from our OEM or if they experience delays from their suppliers, which in turn delays product shipments to our customers, our financial results could be negatively impacted. Problems such as delivery of products of inferior quality, delivery of insufficient quantity of products, or the interruption or discontinuance of operations of our OEM, may arise in the future, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

We intend to invest in engineering, sales, service, marketing and manufacturing on a long term basis, and delays or inability to attain the expected benefits may result in unfavorable operating results.

While we intend to focus on managing our costs and expenses, over the long term, we also intend to invest in personnel and other resources related to our engineering, sales, service, marketing and manufacturing functions as we focus on our foundational priorities, such as leadership in our core products and solutions and architectures for business transformation. We are likely to recognize the costs associated with these investments earlier than some of the anticipated benefits and the return on these investments may be lower, or may develop more slowly, than we expect. If we do not achieve the benefits anticipated from these investments, or if the achievement of these benefits is delayed, our operating results may be adversely affected.

We expect the average selling prices of our products to decrease, which may reduce gross margin and/or revenue.

The network equipment industry has traditionally experienced an erosion of average selling prices due to a number of factors, including competitive pricing pressures, promotional pricing and technological progress. We anticipate that the average selling prices of our products will decrease in the future in response to competitive pricing pressures, excess inventories, increased sales discounts and new product introductions by us or our competitors. We may experience decreases in future operating results due to the erosion of our average selling prices. To maintain our gross margin, we must develop and introduce on a timely basis new products and product enhancements and continually reduce our product costs. Our failure to do so would likely cause our revenue and gross margin to decline.

Our success is dependent on our ability to continually introduce new products and features that achieve broad market acceptance.

The network equipment market is characterized by rapid technological progress, frequent new product introductions, changes in customer requirements and evolving industry standards. If we do not regularly introduce new products in this dynamic environment, our product lines will become obsolete. These new products must be compatible and inter-operate with products and architectures offered by other vendors. We have and may in the future experience delays in product development and releases, and such delays have and could in the future adversely affect our ability to compete and our operating results.

When we announce new products or product enhancements or end of sale existing products that have the potential to replace or shorten the life cycle of our existing products, customers may defer or cancel orders for our existing products. These actions could have a material adverse effect on our operating results by unexpectedly decreasing sales, increasing inventory levels of older products and exposing us to greater risk of product obsolescence.

Even if we introduce new switching products, alternative technologies could achieve widespread market acceptance and displace the Ethernet technology on which we have based our product architecture. For example, developments in routers and routing software could significantly reduce demand for our products. As a result, we may not be able to achieve widespread market acceptance of our current or future products.

41

The unfavorable economic environment has and may continue to negatively impact our business and operating results.

The challenges and uncertainty currently affecting global economic conditions may negatively impact our business and operating results in the following ways:

• customers may delay or cancel plans to purchase our products and services;

• customers may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of, the amounts that they owe us which may adversely affect our cash flow, the timing of our revenue recognition and the amount of revenue;

• increased pricing pressure may result from our competitors aggressively discounting their products;

• accurate budgeting and planning will be difficult due to low visibility into future sales;

• forecasting customer demand will be more difficult, increasing the risk of either excess and obsolete inventory if our forecast is too high or insufficient inventory to meet customer demand if our forecast is too low; and

• our component suppliers and contract manufacturers have been negatively affected by the economy which may result in product delays and changes in pricing and service levels.

If global economic conditions do not show continued improvement, we believe that we could experience material adverse impacts to our business and operating results.

Claims of infringement by others may increase and the resolution of such claims may adversely affect our operating results.

Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patents, copyrights (including rights to “open source” software), and other intellectual property rights. Because of the existence of a large number of patents in the networking field, the secrecy of some pending patents and the issuance of new patents at a rapid pace, it is not possible to determine in advance if a product or component might infringe the patent rights of others. Because of the potential for courts awarding substantial damages and the lack of predictability of such awards as well as the high costs of mounting a legal defense, it is not uncommon for companies in our industry to settle even potentially unmeritorious claims for very substantial amounts. Further, the entities with whom we have or could have disputes or discussions include entities with extensive patent portfolios and substantial financial assets. These entities are actively engaged in programs to generate substantial revenue from their patent portfolios and are seeking or may seek significant payments or royalties from us and others in our industry.

Litigation resulting from claims that we are infringing the proprietary rights of others has resulted and could in the future result in substantial costs and a diversion of resources, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have received notices from entities alleging that we may be infringing their patents, and we are currently parties to patent litigation as described under Part I, Item 3, Legal Proceedings. Without regard to the merits of these or any other claims, an adverse court order or a settlement could require us, among other actions, to:

• stop selling our products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

• obtain a royalty bearing license to sell or use the relevant technology, and that license may not be available on reasonable terms or available at all;

• pay damages; or

• redesign those products that use the disputed technology.

In addition, our products include so-called “open source” software. Open source software is typically licensed for use at no initial charge, but imposes on the user of the open source software certain requirements to license to others both the open source software as well as modifications to the open source software. Our use of open source software subjects us to certain additional risks for the following reasons:

• open source license terms may be ambiguous and may result in unanticipated obligations regarding our products and intellectual property;

• open source software cannot be protected under trade secret law;

• suppliers of open-source software do not provide the warranty, support and liability protections typically provided by vendors who offer proprietary software; and

• it may be difficult for us to accurately determine the developers of the open source code and whether the acquired software infringes third-party intellectual property rights.

42

We believe that even if we do not infringe the rights of others, we will incur significant expenses in the future due to disputes or licensing negotiations, though the amounts cannot be determined. These expenses may be material or otherwise adversely affect our operating results.

Our operating results may be negatively affected by defending or pursuing claims or lawsuits.

We have and may in the future pursue or be subject to claims or lawsuits in the normal course of our business. Regardless of the result, litigation can be expensive, lengthy and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict. An unfavorable resolution of a lawsuit in which we are a defendant could result in a court order against us or payments to other parties that would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. Even if we are successful in prosecuting claims and lawsuits, we may not recover damages sufficient to cover our expenses incurred to manage, investigate and pursue the litigation. In addition, subject to certain limitations, we may be obligated to indemnify our current and former directors, officers and employees in certain lawsuits. We do not maintain adequate insurance coverage to cover all of our litigation costs and liabilities.

If we fail to protect our intellectual property, our business could suffer.

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and restrictions on disclosure to protect our intellectual property rights. However, we cannot ensure that the actions we have taken will adequately protect our intellectual property rights or that other parties will not independently develop similar or competing products that do not infringe on our patents. We generally enter into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, consultants and corporate partners, and control access to and distribution of our intellectual property and other proprietary information. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise misappropriate or use our products or technology, which would adversely affect our business.

When our products contain undetected errors, we may incur significant unexpected expenses and could lose sales.

Network products frequently contain undetected errors when new products or new versions or updates of existing products are released to the marketplace. In the past, we have experienced such errors in connection with new products and product updates. We have experienced component problems in prior years that caused us to incur higher than expected warranty, service costs and expenses, and other related operating expenses. In the future, we expect that, from time to time, such errors or component failures will be found in new or existing products after the commencement of commercial shipments. These problems may have a material adverse effect on our business by causing us to incur significant warranty, repair and replacement costs, diverting the attention of our engineering personnel from new product development efforts, delaying the recognition of revenue and causing significant customer relations problems. Further, if products are not accepted by customers due to such defects, and such returns exceed the amount we accrued for defective returns based on our historical experience, our operating results would be adversely affected.

Our products must successfully interoperate with products from other vendors. As a result, when problems occur in a network, it may be difficult to identify the sources of these problems. The occurrence of system errors, whether or not caused by our products, could result in the delay or loss of market acceptance of our products and any necessary revisions may cause us to incur significant expenses. The occurrence of any such problems would likely have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our dependence on few manufacturers for our manufacturing requirements could harm our operating results.

We primarily rely on our manufacturing partner, Alpha Networks, Inc. headquartered in Hsinchu, Taiwan, and few other manufacturing partners to manufacture our products. We have experienced delays in product shipments from our manufacturing partners in the past, which in turn delayed product shipments to our customers. These or similar problems may arise in the future, such as delivery of products of inferior quality, delivery of insufficient quantity of products, or the interruption or discontinuance of operations of a manufacturer, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. In addition, any natural disaster or business interruption to our manufacturing partners could significantly disrupt our business. While we maintain strong relationships with our manufacturing partners, our agreements with these manufacturers are generally of limited duration and pricing, quality and volume commitments are negotiated on a recurring basis. The failure to maintain continuing agreements with our manufacturing partners could adversely affect our business. We intend to introduce new products and product enhancements, which will require that we rapidly achieve volume production by coordinating our efforts with those of our suppliers and contract manufacturers.

As part of our cost-reduction efforts, we will need to realize lower per unit product costs from our manufacturing partner by means of volume efficiencies and the utilization of manufacturing sites in lower-cost geographies. However, we cannot be certain when or if such price reductions will occur. The failure to obtain such price reductions would adversely affect our gross margins and operating results.

43

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 Section 1502 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) requires certain public companies to disclose whether certain minerals, commonly known as “conflict minerals,” are necessary to the functionality or production of a product manufactured by those companies and if those minerals originated in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) or an adjoining country. It may be possible that conflict minerals may be part of the supply chain in the electronics industry and contained in our products. To comply with the Dodd-Frank Act, as determined by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, we will be required to perform due diligence and disclose whether or not our products contain such minerals and from which countries and source (smelter)the minerals were obtained. The implementation of these requirements by government regulators and our partners and/or customers could adversely affect the sourcing, availability, and pricing of minerals used in the manufacture of certain components used in our products. In addition, we will incur additional costs to comply with the disclosure requirements for conflict minerals, including costs related to determining the source of any of the relevant minerals and metals used in our products. As a result, our business and financial results could be harmed.

We depend upon international sales for a significant portion of our revenue which imposes a number of risks on our business.

International sales constitute a significant portion of our net revenue. Our ability to grow will depend in part on the expansion of international sales. Our international sales primarily depend on the success of our resellers and distributors. The failure of these resellers and distributors to sell our products internationally would limit our ability to sustain and grow our revenue. There are a number of risks arising from our international business, including:

• longer accounts receivable collection cycles;

• difficulties in managing operations across disparate geographic areas;

• difficulties associated with enforcing agreements through foreign legal systems;

• higher credit risks requiring cash in advance or letters of credit;

• difficulties in safeguarding intellectual property;

• political and economic turbulence;

• terrorism, war or other armed conflict;

• natural disasters and epidemics;

• potential adverse tax consequences;

• compliance with regulatory requirements of foreign countries, including compliance with rapidly evolving environmental regulations;

• compliance with U.S. laws and regulations pertaining to the sale and distribution of products to customers in foreign countries, including export controls and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; and

• the payment of operating expenses in local currencies, which exposes us to risks of currency fluctuations.

Substantially all of our international sales are U.S. dollar-denominated. Future increases in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies could make our products less competitive in international markets. In the future, we may elect to invoice some of our international customers in local currency, which would expose us to fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the particular local currency. If we do so, we may decide to engage in hedging transactions to minimize the risk of such fluctuations.

We have entered into foreign exchange forward contracts to offset the impact of payment of operating expenses in local currencies to some of our operating foreign subsidiaries. However, if we are not successful in managing these foreign currency transactions, we could incur losses from these activities.

We must continue to develop and increase the productivity of our indirect distribution channels to increase net revenue and improve our operating results.

Our distribution strategy focuses primarily on developing and increasing the productivity of our indirect distribution channels. If we fail to develop and cultivate relationships with significant channel partners, or if these channel partners are not successful in their sales efforts, sales of our products may decrease and our operating results could suffer. Many of our channel partners also sell products from other vendors that compete with our products. Our channel partners may not continue to market or sell our products effectively or to devote the resources necessary to provide us with effective sales, marketing and technical support. We may not be able to successfully manage our sales channels or enter into additional reseller and/or distribution agreements. Our failure to do any of these could limit our ability to grow or sustain revenue.

44

Our operating results for any given period have and will continue to depend to a significant extent on large orders from a relatively small number of channel partners and other customers. However, we do not have binding purchase commitments from any of them. A substantial reduction or delay in sales of our products to a significant reseller, distributor or other customer could harm our business, operating results and financial condition because our expense levels are based on our expectations as to future revenue and to a large extent are fixed in the short term. Under specified conditions, some third-party distributors are allowed to return products to us and unexpected returns could adversely affect our results.

The sales cycle for our products is long and we may incur substantial non-recoverable expenses or devote significant resources to sales that do not occur when anticipated.

Our products represent a significant strategic decision by a customer regarding its communications infrastructure. The decision by customers to purchase our products is often based on the results of a variety of internal procedures associated with the evaluation, testing, implementation and acceptance of new technologies. Accordingly, the product evaluation process frequently results in a lengthy sales cycle, typically ranging from three months to longer than a year, and as a result, our ability to sell products is subject to a number of significant risks, including risks that:

• budgetary constraints and internal acceptance reviews by customers will result in the loss of potential sales;

• there may be substantial variation in the length of the sales cycle from customer to customer, making decisions on the expenditure of resources difficult to assess;

• we may incur substantial sales and marketing expenses and expend significant management time in an attempt to initiate or increase the sale of products to customers, but not succeed;

• if a sales forecast from a specific customer for a particular quarter is not achieved in that quarter, we may be unable to compensate for the shortfall, which could harm our operating results; and

• downward pricing pressures could occur during the lengthy sales cycle for our products.

To successfully manage our business or achieve our goals, we must attract, retain, train, motivate, develop and promote key employees, and failure to do so can harm us.

Our success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our key management, engineering, sales and marketing, service and operations personnel, many of whom would be difficult to replace. We do not have employment contracts with these individuals that mandate that they render services for any specific term, nor do we carry life insurance on any of our key personnel. We have experienced and may in the future experience significant turnover in our executive personnel. In addition, retention has generally become more difficult for us, in part because the exercise price of most of the stock options granted to many of our employees is below the market price. As a result, we experienced high levels of attrition. We believe our future success will also depend in large part upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled managerial, engineering, sales and marketing, service, finance and operations personnel. The market for these personnel is competitive, and we have had difficulty in hiring employees, particularly engineers, in the time-frame we desire.

Companies in the networking industry whose employees accept positions with competitors frequently claim that competitors have engaged in unfair hiring practices. We have from time to time been involved in claims like this with other companies and, although to date they have not resulted in material litigation, we do not know whether we will be involved in additional claims in the future. We could incur substantial costs in litigating any such claims, regardless of the merits.

Failure to successfully expand our sales and support teams or educate them in regard to technologies and our product families may harm our operating results.

The sale of our products and services requires a concerted effort that is frequently targeted at several levels within a prospective customer's organization. We may not be able to increase net revenue unless we expand our sales and support teams in order to address all of the customer requirements necessary to sell our products.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate employees into our company or to educate current and future employees in regard to rapidly evolving technologies and our product families. A failure to do so may hurt our revenue growth and operating results.

Failure of our products to comply with evolving industry standards and complex government regulations may adversely impact our business.

If we do not comply with existing or evolving industry standards and government regulations, we may not be able to sell our products where these standards or regulations apply. The network equipment industry in which we compete is characterized

45

by rapid changes in technology and customers' requirements and evolving industry standards. As a result, our success depends on:

• the timely adoption and market acceptance of industry standards, and timely resolution of conflicting U.S. and international industry standards; and

• our ability to influence the development of emerging industry standards and to introduce new and enhanced products that are compatible with such standards.

In the past, we have introduced new products that were not compatible with certain technological standards, and in the future, we may not be able to effectively address the compatibility and interoperability issues that arise as a result of technological changes and evolving industry standards.

Our products must also comply with various U.S. federal government regulations and standards defined by agencies such as the Federal Communications Commission, standards established by governmental authorities in various foreign countries and recommendations of the International Telecommunication Union. In some circumstances, we must obtain regulatory approvals or certificates of compliance before we can offer or distribute our products in certain jurisdictions or to certain customers. Complying with new regulations or obtaining certifications can be costly and disruptive to our business.

If we do not comply with existing or evolving industry standards or government regulations, we will not be able to sell our products where these standards or regulations apply, which may prevent us from sustaining our net revenue or achieving profitability.

If we do not adequately manage and evolve our financial reporting and managerial systems and processes, our ability to manage and grow our business may be harmed.

Our ability to successfully implement our business plan and comply with regulations requires an effective planning and management process. We need to continue improving our existing, and implement new, operational and financial systems, procedures and controls. We need to ensure that the businesses acquired are appropriately integrated in our financial systems. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the integration of acquired businesses, or delay and disruption in the transition to, new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls, could harm our ability to record and report financial and management information on a timely and accurate basis, or to forecast future results.

Changes in the effective tax rate including from the release of the valuation allowance recorded against our net U.S. deferred tax assets, or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns or change in ownership, could adversely affect our results.

Our future effective tax rates may be volatile or adversely affected by changes in our business or U.S. or foreign tax laws, including: the partial or full release of the valuation allowance recorded against our net U.S. deferred tax assets; expiration of or lapses in the research and development tax credit laws; transfer pricing adjustments; tax effects of stock-based compensation; or costs related to restructurings. In addition, we are subject to the examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. Although we regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes, there is no assurance that such determinations by us are in fact adequate. Changes in our effective tax rates or amounts assessed upon examination of our tax returns may have a material, adverse impact on our cash flows and our financial condition.

Our future effective tax rate in particular could be adversely affected by a change in ownership pursuant to U.S. Internal Revenue Code Section 382. If a change in ownership occurs, it may limit our ability to utilize our net operating losses to offset our U.S. taxable income. If U.S. taxable income is greater than the change in ownership limitation, we will pay a higher rate of tax with respect to the amount of taxable income that exceeds the limitation. This could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. On April 26, 2012, we adopted an Amended and Restated Rights Agreement to help protect our assets (the “Rights Agreement”). In general, this does not allow a stockholder to acquire more than 4.95% of our outstanding common stock without a waiver from our board of directors, who must take into account the relevant tax analysis relating to potential limitation of our net operating losses. The Rights Agreement is effective through April 30, 2014.

Compliance with laws, rules and regulations relating to corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses.

Federal securities laws, rules and regulations, as well as NASDAQ rules and regulations, require companies to maintain extensive corporate governance measures, impose comprehensive reporting and disclosure requirements, set strict independence and financial expertise standards for audit and other committee members and impose civil and criminal penalties for companies and their Chief Executive Officers, Chief Financial Officers and directors for securities law violations. These laws, rules and regulations and the interpretation of these requirements are evolving, and we are making investments to evaluate current practices and to continue to achieve compliance.

46

Our headquarters and some significant supporting businesses are located in northern California and other areas subject to natural disasters that could disrupt our operations and harm our business.

Our corporate headquarters are located in Silicon Valley in Northern California. Historically, this region as well as our R&D center in North Carolina has been vulnerable to natural disasters and other risks, such as earthquakes, fires, floods and tropical storms, which at times have disrupted the local economy and posed physical risks to our property. We have contract manufacturers located in Taiwan where similar natural disasters and other risks may disrupt the local economy and pose physical risks to our property and the property of our contract manufacturer.

In addition, the continued threat of terrorism and heightened security and military action in response to this threat, or any future acts of terrorism, may cause further disruptions to the economies of the U.S. and other countries. If such disruptions result in delays or cancellations of customer orders for our products, our business and operating results will suffer.

We currently do not have redundant, multiple site capacity in the event of a natural disaster, terrorist act or other catastrophic event. In the event of such an occurrence, our business would suffer.

Our stock price has been volatile in the past and our stock price may significantly fluctuate in the future.

In the past, our common stock price has fluctuated significantly. This could continue as we or our competitors announce new products, our results or those of our customers or competition fluctuate, conditions in the networking or semiconductor industry change, or when investors, change their sentiment toward stocks in the networking technology sector.

In addition, fluctuations in our stock price and our price-to-earnings multiple may make our stock attractive to momentum, hedge or day-trading investors who often shift funds into and out of stock rapidly, exacerbating price fluctuations in either direction, particularly when viewed on a quarterly basis.

Provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law and our adoption of a stockholder rights plan may delay or prevent an acquisition of Extreme, which could decrease the value of our Common Stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our Board of Directors. Delaware law also imposes some restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock. In addition, our Board of Directors has the right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer. Although we believe these provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law will provide for an opportunity to receive a higher bid by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our Board of Directors, these provisions apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some of our stockholders.

Our Rights Agreement provides that if a single stockholder (or group) acquires more than 4.95% of our outstanding common stock without a waiver from our Board of Directors, each holder of one share of our common stock (other than the stockholder or group who acquired in excess of 4.95% of our common stock) may purchase a fractional share of our preferred stock that would result in substantial dilution to the triggering stockholder or group. Accordingly, although this plan is designed to prevent any limitation on the utilization of our net operating losses by avoiding issues raised under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, the Rights Agreement could also serve as a deterrent to stockholders wishing to effect a change of control.

We rely on the availability of third-party licenses

Some of our products are designed to include software or other intellectual property licensed from third parties. It may be necessary in the future to seek or renew licenses relating to various aspects of these products. There can be no assurance that the necessary licenses would be available on acceptable terms, if at all. The inability to obtain certain licenses or other rights or to obtain such licenses or rights on favorable terms, or the need to engage in litigation regarding these matters, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. Moreover, the inclusion in our products of software or other intellectual property licensed from third parties on a nonexclusive basis could limit our ability to protect our proprietary rights in our products.

System security risks, data protection breaches, and cyber-attacks could compromise our proprietary information, disrupt our internal operations and harm public perception of our products, which could adversely affect our business.

In the ordinary course of business, we store sensitive data, including intellectual property, our proprietary business information and that of our customers, suppliers and business partners on our networks. The secure maintenance of this information is critical to our operations and business strategy. Increasingly, companies, including Extreme Networks, are subject to a wide variety of attacks on their networks on an ongoing basis. Despite our security measures, Extreme Networks' information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to penetration or attacks by computer programmers and hackers, or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Any such breach could compromise our networks, creating system disruptions or slowdowns

47

and exploiting security vulnerabilities of our products, and the information stored on our networks could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen, which could subject us to liability to our customers, suppliers, business partners and others, and cause us reputational and financial harm. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we produce or procure from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture, including "bugs" and other problems that could unexpectedly interfere with the operation of our networks.

If an actual or perceived breach of network security occurs in our network or in the network of a customer of our networking products, regardless of whether the breach is attributable to our products, the market perception of the effectiveness of our products could be harmed. In addition, the economic costs to us to eliminate or alleviate cyber or other security problems, bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software systems and security vulnerabilities could be significant and may be difficult to anticipate or measure. Because the techniques used by computer programmers and hackers, many of whom are highly sophisticated and well-funded, to access or sabotage networks change frequently and generally are not recognized until after they are used, we may be unable to anticipate or immediately detect these techniques. This could impede our sales, manufacturing, distribution or other critical functions, which could adversely affect our business.

Market conditions and changes in the industry could lead to discontinuation of our products or businesses resulting in asset impairments

In response to changes in industry and market conditions, we may be required to strategically realign our resources and consider restructuring, disposing of, or otherwise exiting businesses. Any decision to limit investment in or dispose of or otherwise exit businesses may result in the recording of special charges, such as inventory and technology-related write-offs, workforce reduction costs, charges relating to consolidation of excess facilities, or claims from third parties who were resellers or users of discontinued products. Our estimates with respect to the useful life or ultimate recoverability of our carrying basis of assets, including purchased intangible assets, could change as a result of such assessments and decisions. Although in certain instances, our supply agreements allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to firm orders being placed, our loss contingencies may include liabilities for contracts that we cannot cancel with contract manufacturers and suppliers. Further, our estimates relating to the liabilities for excess facilities are affected by changes in real estate market conditions.

If our products do not effectively inter-operate with our customers’ networks and result in cancellations and delays of installations our business could be harmed.

Our products are designed to interface with our customers’ existing networks, each of which have different specifications and utilize multiple protocol standards and products from other vendors. Many of our customers’ networks contain multiple generations of products that have been added over time as these networks have grown and evolved. Our products must inter-operate with many or all of the products within these networks as well as future products in order to meet our customers’ requirements. If we find errors in the existing software or defects in the hardware used in our customers’ networks, we may need to modify our software or hardware to fix or overcome these errors so that our products will inter-operate and scale with the existing software and hardware, which could be costly and could negatively affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, if our products do not inter-operate with those of our customers’ networks, demand for our products could be adversely affected or orders for our products could be cancelled. This could hurt our operating results, damage our reputation, and seriously harm our business and prospects.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

We currently have authority granted by our Board of Directors to repurchase up to $75 million in common stock over

a three year period starting October 1, 2012. For the three and six month periods ended December 31, 2013, the Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock.

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities - Not applicable

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosure - Not Applicable

Item 5. Other Information

48

Item 6. Exhibits

(a) Exhibits:

		Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number	Description of Document	Form	Filing Date	Number	Filed Herewith
10.1	Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2013, among Extreme Networks Inc., as borrower, Silicon Valley Bank, as administrative agent and collateral agent, Bank of America, N.A. and PNC Bank, National Association as co-syndication agents and the lenders party thereto.	8-K	11/1/2013	10.1
10.2	Offer Letter executed November 1, 2013, between Extreme Networks, Inc. and Chris Crowell.	8-K	11/7/2013	10.1
10.3	Separation Agreement and General Release of Claims executed November 1, 2013 between Extreme Networks, Inc. and Nancy Shemwell.	8-K	11/7/2013	10.2
31.1	Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer				X
31.2	Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer				X
32.1	Section 906 Certification of Chief Executive Officer				X
32.2	Section 906 Certification of Chief Financial Officer				X
99.1	Extreme Networks, Inc. Stock Option Agreement				X
99.2	Extreme Networks, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement				X
99.3	Extreme Networks, Inc. Restricted Stock Units Agreement				X
99.4	Enterasys Networks, Inc. 2013 Stock Plan	S-8	11/22/2013	99.1
99.5	Extreme Networks, Inc. 2013 Stock Plan	S-8	11/22/2013	99.2
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document.				X
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.				X
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.				X
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.				X
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.				X
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document				X

49

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

(Registrant)

/S/    JOHN KURTZWEIL

JOHN KURTZWEIL

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer

February 6, 2014

50

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF CHARLES W. "CHUCK" BERGER

AS CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Charles W. "Chuck" Berger, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-Q of Extreme Networks, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	February 6, 2014	/s/ CHARLES W. "CHUCK" BERGER
		Charles W. "Chuck" Berger
		President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF JOHN KURTZWEIL

AS CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, John Kurtzweil, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-Q of Extreme Networks, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	February 6, 2014	/s/ JOHN KURTZWEIL
		John Kurtzweil
		Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHARLES W. "CHUCK" BERGER AS CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Extreme Networks, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, in the capacities and on the date specified below, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ CHARLES W. "CHUCK" BERGER

Charles W. "Chuck" Berger

President and Chief Executive Officer

February 6, 2014

EX-32.2

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF JOHN KURTZWEIL AS CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Extreme Networks, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, in the capacities and on the date specified below, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ JOHN KURTZWEIL

John Kurtzweil

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer

February 6, 2014

EX-99.1

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(For U.S. Participants)

Extreme Networks, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) is attached an option (the “Option”) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Extreme Networks, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan and a prospectus for the Plan prepared in connection with the registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission of shares issuable pursuant to the Option (the “Plan Prospectus”), (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement or the Plan.

1.DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

2.TAX CONSEQUENCES.

2.1Tax Status of Option. This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.

(a)Incentive Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

1

(b)Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2ISO Fair Market Value Limitation.If the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

3.ADMINISTRATION.

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Option shall be determined by the Committee. All such determinations by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Option or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

4.EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.

4.1Right to Exercise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as

2

provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.

4.2Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

4.3Payment of Exercise Price.

(a)Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent; (ii) if permitted by the Company and subject to the limitations contained in Section 4.3(b), by means of (1) a Cashless Exercise, (2) a Net-Exercise, or (3) a Stock Tender Exercise; or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b)Limitations on Forms of Consideration. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedure providing for payment of the Exercise Price through any of the means described below, including with respect to the Participant notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

(i)Cashless Exercise. A “Cashless Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option in an amount not less than the aggregate Exercise Price for such shares (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).

3

(ii)Net-Exercise. A “Net-Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice electing a procedure pursuant to which (1) the Company will reduce the number of shares otherwise issuable to the Participant upon the exercise of the Option by the largest whole number of shares having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant shall pay to the Company in cash the remaining balance of such aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Following a Net-Exercise, the number of shares remaining subject to the Option, if any, shall be reduced by the sum of (1) the net number of shares issued to the Participant upon such exercise, and (2) the number of shares deducted by the Company for payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.

(iii)Stock Tender Exercise. A “Stock Tender Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice accompanied by (1) the Participant’s tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, in a form acceptable to the Company of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, and (2) the Participant’s payment to the Company in cash of the remaining balance of such aggregate Exercise Price not satisfied by such shares’ Fair Market Value. A Stock Tender Exercise shall not be permitted if it would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for a period of time required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

4.4Tax Withholding.

(a)In General. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by a Participating Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance) withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.

(b)Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Participant to satisfy all or any portion of a Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations upon exercise of the Option by deducting from the shares of Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon such exercise a number of whole shares having a fair market value, as determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the amount of such tax withholding obligations determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

4.5Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration. The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit for the benefit of the Participant

4

with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice any or all shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Except as provided by the preceding sentence, a certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

4.6Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5.NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION.

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

6.TERMINATION OF THE OPTION.

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date

5

for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7.EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

7.1Option Exercisability. The Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.

(c)Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(d)Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(e)Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement to the contrary, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause or if, following the Participant’s termination of Service and during any period in which the Option otherwise would remain exercisable, the Participant engages in any act that would constitute Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service or act.

(f)Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than termination of the Participant’s Service for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (a) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions, or (b) the end of the applicable time period under Section 7.1, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

6

8.EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.

In the event of a Change in Control, except to the extent that the Committee determines to cash out the Option in accordance with Section 14.1(c) of the Plan, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiror”), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under all or any portion of the Option or substitute for all or any portion of the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Option or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to such portion of the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Stock); provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Committee may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each share of Stock subject to the Option, to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the time of the Change in Control.

9.ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and kind of shares subject to the Option, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Option. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number and the Exercise Price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The Committee in its sole discretion, may also make such adjustments in the terms of the Option to reflect, or related to, such changes in the capital structure of the Company or distributions as it deems appropriate. All adjustments pursuant to this Section shall be determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

7

10.RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER, DIRECTOR, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT.

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

11.NOTICE OF SALES UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION.

The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

12.LEGENDS.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE

8

INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

13.MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

13.1Termination or Amendment. The Committee may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may have a materially adverse effect on the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

13.2Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Option Agreement.

13.3Binding Effect. This Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

13.4Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by a Participating Company, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a)Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan Prospectus, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may

9

designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b)Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 13.4(a) of this Option Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 13.4(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.4(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if the Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.4(a).

13.5Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, together with the Superseding Agreement, if any, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

13.6Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

13.7Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

10

EX-99.2

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

(For U.S. Participants)

Extreme Networks, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”) is attached an Award consisting of Shares subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Agreement. The Award has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Extreme Networks, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan and a prospectus for the Plan prepared in connection with the registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Shares (the “Plan Prospectus”), (b) accepts the Award subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Agreement or the Plan.

1.DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

2.ADMINISTRATION.

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Award shall be determined by the Committee. All such determinations by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Award or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Award. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

3.THE AWARD.

1

3.1Grant and Issuance of Shares. On the Date of Grant, the Participant shall acquire and the Company shall issue, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, a number of Shares equal to the Total Number of Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9. As a condition to the issuance of the Shares, the Participant shall execute and deliver the Grant Notice to the Company, and, if required by the Company, an Assignment Separate from Certificate duly endorsed (with date and number of shares blank) in the form provided by the Company.

3.2No Monetary Payment Required. The Participant is not required to make any monetary payment (other than to satisfy applicable tax withholding, if any, with respect to the issuance or vesting of the Shares) as a condition to receiving the Shares, the consideration for which shall be past services actually rendered or future services to be rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the Shares issued pursuant to the Award.

3.3Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration. The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit the Shares with the Company’s transfer agent, including any successor transfer agent, to be held in book entry form during the term of the Escrow pursuant to Section 6. Furthermore, the Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit, following the term of such Escrow, for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice any or all Shares which are no longer subject to such Escrow. Except as provided by the foregoing, a certificate for the Shares shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

3.4Issuance of Shares in Compliance with Law. The issuance of the Shares shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. No Shares shall be issued hereunder if their issuance would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of any Shares shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the issuance of the Shares, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.VESTING OF SHARES.

Shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement shall become Vested Shares as provided in the Grant Notice. For purposes of determining the number of Vested Shares following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.

2

5.COMPANY REACQUISITION RIGHT.

5.1Grant of Company Reacquisition Right. Except to the extent otherwise provided by the Superseding Agreement, if any, in the event that (a) the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or (b) the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of the Shares, attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event), including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant, any Shares which are not Vested Shares (“Unvested Shares”), the Participant shall forfeit and the Company shall automatically reacquire the Unvested Shares, and the Participant shall not be entitled to any payment therefor (the “Company Reacquisition Right”).

5.2Ownership Change Event, Non-Cash Dividends, Distributions and Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company paid in shares of Stock or other property, or any other adjustment upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 9, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Company Reacquisition Right and included in the terms “Shares,” “Stock” and “Unvested Shares” for all purposes of the Company Reacquisition Right with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event, dividend, distribution or adjustment, as the case may be. For purposes of determining the number of Vested Shares following an Ownership Change Event, dividend, distribution or adjustment, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after any such event.

5.3Obligation to Repay Certain Cash Dividends and Distributions. The Participant shall, at the discretion of the Company, be obligated to promptly repay to the Company upon termination of the Participant’s Service any dividends and other distributions paid to the Participant in cash with respect to Unvested Shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to the Company Reacquisition Right.

6.ESCROW.

6.1Appointment of Agent. To ensure that Shares subject to the Company Reacquisition Right will be available for reacquisition, the Participant and the Company hereby appoint the Secretary of the Company, or any other person designated by the Company, as their agent and as attorney-in-fact for the Participant (the “Agent”) to hold any and all Unvested Shares and to sell, assign and transfer to the Company any such Unvested Shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to the Company Reacquisition Right. The Participant understands that appointment of the Agent is a material inducement to make this Agreement and that such appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable. The Agent shall not be personally liable for any act the Agent may do or omit to do hereunder as escrow agent, agent for the Company, or attorney in fact for the Participant while acting in good faith and in the exercise of the Agent’s own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by the Agent pursuant to the advice of the Agent’s own attorneys shall be

3

conclusive evidence of such good faith. The Agent may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purporting to be genuine and may resign at any time.

6.2Establishment of Escrow. The Participant authorizes the Company to deposit the Unvested Shares with the Company’s transfer agent to be held in book entry form, as provided in Section 3.3, and the Participant agrees to deliver to and deposit with the Agent each certificate, if any, evidencing the Shares and, if required by the Company, an Assignment Separate from Certificate with respect to such book entry shares and each such certificate duly endorsed (with date and number of Shares blank) in the form attached to this Agreement, to be held by the Agent under the terms and conditions of this Section 6 (the “Escrow”). Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company paid in shares of Stock or other property (other than regular, periodic dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy) or any other adjustment upon a change in the capital structure of the Company, as described in Section 9, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Participant is entitled by reason of his or her ownership of the Shares that remain, following such Ownership Change Event, dividend, distribution or change described in Section 9, subject to the Company Reacquisition Right shall be immediately subject to the Escrow to the same extent as the Shares immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the Escrow.

6.3Delivery of Shares to Participant. The Escrow shall continue with respect to any Shares for so long as such Shares remain subject to the Company Reacquisition Right. Upon termination of the Company Reacquisition Right with respect to Shares, the Company shall so notify the Agent and direct the Agent to deliver such number of Shares to the Participant. As soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, the Agent shall cause the Shares specified by such notice to be delivered to the Participant, and the Escrow shall terminate with respect to such Shares.

7.TAX MATTERS.

7.1Tax Withholding.

(a)In General. At the time the Grant Notice is executed, or at any time thereafter as requested by a Participating Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for, any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance) withholding obligations of the Participating Company, if any, which arise in connection with the Award, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (a) the transfer of Shares to the Participant, (b) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any Shares, (c) the filing of an election to recognize tax liability, or (d) the transfer by the Participant of any Shares. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver the Shares or to release any Shares from the Escrow established pursuant to Section 6 until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company have been satisfied by the Participant.

(b)Assignment of Sale Proceeds. Subject to compliance with applicable law and the Company’s Trading Compliance Policy, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may satisfy the Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations in accordance with procedures

4

established by the Company providing for delivery by the Participant to the Company or a broker approved by the Company of properly executed instructions, in a form approved by the Company, providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale with respect to some or all of the shares becoming Vested Shares on a Vesting Date as provided in the Grant Notice.

(c)Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Participant to satisfy all or any portion of a Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations by withholding a number of whole, Vested Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant or by the Participant’s tender to the Company of a number of whole, Vested Shares or vested shares acquired otherwise than pursuant to the Award having, in any such case, a fair market value, as determined by the Company as of the date on which the tax withholding obligations arise, not in excess of the amount of such tax withholding obligations determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

7.2Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code.

(a)The Participant understands that Section 83 of the Code taxes as ordinary income the difference between the amount paid for the Shares, if anything, and the fair market value of the Shares as of the date on which the Shares are “substantially vested,” within the meaning of Section 83. In this context, “substantially vested” means that the right of the Company to reacquire the Shares pursuant to the Company Reacquisition Right has lapsed. The Participant understands that he or she may elect to have his or her taxable income determined at the time he or she acquires the Shares rather than when and as the Company Reacquisition Right lapses by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service no later than thirty (30) days after the date of acquisition of the Shares. The Participant understands that failure to make a timely filing under Section 83(b) will result in his or her recognition of ordinary income, as the Company Reacquisition Right lapses, on the difference between the purchase price, if anything, and the fair market value of the Shares at the time such restrictions lapse. The Participant further understands, however, that if Shares with respect to which an election under Section 83(b) has been made are forfeited to the Company pursuant to its Company Reacquisition Right, such forfeiture will be treated as a sale on which there is realized a loss equal to the excess (if any) of the amount paid (if any) by the Participant for the forfeited Shares over the amount realized (if any) upon their forfeiture. If the Participant has paid nothing for the forfeited Shares and has received no payment upon their forfeiture, the Participant understands that he or she will be unable to recognize any loss on the forfeiture of the Shares even though the Participant incurred a tax liability by making an election under Section 83(b).

(b)The Participant understands that he or she should consult with his or her tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date of the acquisition of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Participant. The Participant acknowledges that he or she has been advised to consult with a tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to the Participant of the acquisition of Shares hereunder. ANY ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) THE PARTICIPANT WISHES TO MAKE MUST BE FILED NO LATER THAN

5

30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE PARTICIPANT ACQUIRES THE SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. THE PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS THE PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF THE PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

(c)The Participant will notify the Company in writing if the Participant files an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. The Company intends, in the event it does not receive from the Participant evidence of such filing, to claim a tax deduction for any amount which would otherwise be taxable to the Participant in the absence of such an election.

8.EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiror”), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under the Award or substitute for the Award a substantially equivalent award for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Award shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Shares acquired pursuant to the Award prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

9.ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares of stock or other property subject to the Award, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Award. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy, subject to Section 5.3) to which Participant is entitled by reason of ownership of shares acquired pursuant to this Award will be immediately subject to the provisions of this Award on the same basis as all shares originally acquired hereunder. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down

6

to the nearest whole number. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10.RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER, DIRECTOR, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT.

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to the Award until the date of the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Participant shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company with respect to Shares deposited in the Escrow pursuant to Section 6, including the right to vote such Shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, subject to Section 5.3. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time.

11.LEGENDS.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Company Reacquisition Right and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing the Shares. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing the Shares in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THIS CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR HIS PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

12.TRANSFERS IN VIOLATION OF AGREEMENT.

No Shares may be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Agreement and, except pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, until the date on which such shares become Vested Shares, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such Shares will have been so transferred. In order to enforce its rights under this Section,

7

the Company shall be authorized to give a stop transfer instruction with respect to the Shares to the Company’s transfer agent.

13.MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

13.1Termination or Amendment. The Committee may terminate or amend the Plan or this Agreement at any time; provided, however, that no such termination or amendment may have a materially adverse effect on the Participant’s rights under this Agreement without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with applicable law or government regulation. No amendment or addition to this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

13.2Nontransferability of the Award. The right to acquire Shares pursuant to the Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to the Award shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

13.3Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

13.4Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

13.5Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by a Participating Company, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a)Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan Prospectus, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the parties may deliver electronically any notices called for in connection with the Escrow and the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company

8

intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b)Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 13.5(a) of this Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and notices in connection with the Escrow, as described in Section 13.5(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.5(a).

13.6Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan, together with the Superseding Agreement, if any, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan shall survive any settlement of the Award and shall remain in full force and effect.

13.7Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

13.8Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto ___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________ (_________________) shares of the Capital Stock of EXTREME NETWORKS, INC. standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No. __________________ herewith and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ________________________________ Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of said corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:

Signature

Print Name

Instructions: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Company Reacquisition Right set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Participant.

SAMPLE

Internal Revenue Service

[IRS Service Center where Form 1040 is Filed]

Re:    Section 83(b) Election

Dear Sir or Madam:

The following information is submitted pursuant to section 1.83-2 of the Treasury Regulations in connection with this election by the undersigned under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

1.    The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the taxpayer are:

Name:         

Address:     

Social Security Number:    

2. The following is a description of each item of property with respect to which the election is made:

________________ shares of common stock of Extreme Networks, Inc. (the “Shares”), acquired from Extreme Networks, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to a restricted stock grant.

3. The property was transferred to the undersigned on:

Restricted stock grant date: ________________________

The taxable year for which the election is made is:

Calendar Year ___________

4. The nature of the restriction to which the property is subject:

The Shares are subject to automatic forfeiture to the Company upon the occurrence of certain events. This forfeiture provision lapses with regard to a portion of the Shares based upon the continued performance of services by the taxpayer over time.

5. The following is the fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse) of the property with respect to which the election is made:

$__________________ (_____________ Shares at $__________ per Share).

The property was transferred to the taxpayer pursuant to the grant of an award of restricted stock.

6. The following is the amount paid for the property:

No monetary consideration was provided in exchange for the Shares.

7. A copy of this election has been furnished to the Company, the corporation for which the services were performed by the undersigned.

Please acknowledge receipt of this election by date or received-stamping the enclosed copy of this letter and returning it to the undersigned. A self-addressed stamped envelope is provided for your convenience.

Very truly yours,

Date:

Enclosures

cc: Extreme Networks, Inc.

9

EX-99.3

EXTREME NETWORKS, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT

(For U.S. Participants)

Extreme Networks, Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the “Agreement”) is attached an Award consisting of Restricted Stock Units (each a “Unit”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Agreement. The Award has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms conditions of the Extreme Networks, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan and a prospectus for the Plan prepared in connection with the registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the shares issuable pursuant to the Award (the “Plan Prospectus”), (b) accepts the Award subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Agreement or the Plan.

1.DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

2.ADMINISTRATION.

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Award shall be determined by the Committee. All such determinations by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Committee in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Award or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Award. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

1

3.THE AWARD.

3.1Grant of Units. On the Date of Grant, the Participant shall acquire, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Total Number of Units set forth in the Grant Notice, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9. Each Unit represents a right to receive on a date determined in accordance with the Grant Notice and this Agreement one (1) share of Stock.

3.2No Monetary Payment Required. The Participant is not required to make any monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding, if any) as a condition to receiving the Units or shares of Stock issued upon settlement of the Units, the consideration for which shall be past services actually rendered or future services to be rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock issued upon settlement of the Units.

4.VESTING OF UNITS.

Units acquired pursuant to this Agreement shall become Vested Units as provided in the Grant Notice. For purposes of determining the number of Vested Units following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.

5.COMPANY REACQUISITION RIGHT.

5.1Grant of Company Reacquisition Right. Except to the extent otherwise provided by the Superseding Agreement, if any, in the event that the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, the Participant shall forfeit and the Company shall automatically reacquire all Units which are not, as of the time of such termination, Vested Units (“Unvested Units”), and the Participant shall not be entitled to any payment therefor (the “Company Reacquisition Right”).

5.2Ownership Change Event, Non-Cash Dividends, Distributions and Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company paid in shares of Stock or other property, or any other adjustment upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 9, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of Unvested Units shall be immediately subject to the Company Reacquisition Right and included in the terms “Units” and “Unvested Units” for all purposes of the Company Reacquisition Right with the same force and effect as the Unvested Units immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event, dividend, distribution or adjustment, as the case may be. For purposes of determining the number of Vested Units following an Ownership Change Event, dividend, distribution or adjustment, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after any such event.

2

6.SETTLEMENT OF THE AWARD.

6.1Issuance of Shares of Stock. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.3, the Company shall issue to the Participant on the Settlement Date with respect to each Vested Unit to be settled on such date one (1) share of Stock. The Settlement Date with respect to a Unit shall be the date on which such Unit becomes a Vested Unit as provided by the Grant Notice (an “Original Settlement Date”); provided, however, that if the Original Settlement Date would occur on a date on which a sale by the Participant of the shares to be issued in settlement of the Vested Units would violate the Trading Compliance Policy of the Company, the Settlement Date for such Vested Units shall be deferred until the next day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Trading Compliance Policy, but in any event on or before the 15th day of the third calendar month following calendar year of the Original Settlement Date. Shares of Stock issued in settlement of Units shall not be subject to any restriction on transfer other than any such restriction as may be required pursuant to Section 6.3, Section 7 or the Company’s Trading Compliance Policy.

6.2Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration. The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit any or all shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the settlement of the Award with the Company’s transfer agent, including any successor transfer agent, to be held in book entry form, or to deposit such shares for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice. Except as provided by the foregoing, a certificate for the shares acquired by the Participant shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

6.3Restrictions on Grant of the Award and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Award and issuance of shares of Stock upon settlement of the Award shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. No shares of Stock may be issued hereunder if the issuance of such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of any shares subject to the Award shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the settlement of the Award, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

6.4Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the settlement of the Award.

7.TAX WITHHOLDING.

7.1In General. At the time the Grant Notice is executed, or at any time thereafter as requested by a Participating Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for, any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance) withholding obligations of the Participating Company, if any, which arise in connection with the Award, the vesting of Units or the issuance of shares of Stock in settlement thereof. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company have been satisfied by the Participant.

3

7.2Assignment of Sale Proceeds. Subject to compliance with applicable law and the Company’s Trading Compliance Policy, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may satisfy the Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations in accordance with procedures established by the Company providing for delivery by the Participant to the Company or a broker approved by the Company of properly executed instructions, in a form approved by the Company, providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon settlement of Units.

7.3Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require the Participant to satisfy all or any portion of a Participating Company’s tax withholding obligations by deducting from the shares of Stock otherwise deliverable to the Participant in settlement of the Award a number of whole shares having a fair market value, as determined by the Company as of the date on which the tax withholding obligations arise, not in excess of the amount of such tax withholding obligations determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

8.EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.

In the event of a Change in Control, except to the extent that the Committee determines to cash out the Award in accordance with Section 14.1(c) of the Plan, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiror”), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under all or any portion of the outstanding Units or substitute for all or any portion of the outstanding Units substantially equivalent rights with respect to the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, a Unit shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Unit confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Stock); provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Committee may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon settlement of the Unit to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. The Award shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation or the Change in Control to the extent that Units subject to the Award are neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor settled as of the time of the Change in Control.

9.ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend

4

or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number of Units subject to the Award and/or the number and kind of shares or other property to be issued in settlement of the Award, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Award. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than regular, periodic cash dividends paid on Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend policy) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of ownership of Units acquired pursuant to this Award will be immediately subject to the provisions of this Award on the same basis as all Units originally acquired hereunder. Any fractional Unit or share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10.RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER, DIRECTOR, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT.

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares which may be issued in settlement of this Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time.

11.LEGENDS.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock issued pursuant to this Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to this Award in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section.

12.COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A.

5

It is intended that any election, payment or benefit which is made or provided pursuant to or in connection with this Award that may result in Section 409A Deferred Compensation shall comply in all respects with the applicable requirements of Section 409A (including applicable regulations or other administrative guidance thereunder, as determined by the Committee in good faith) to avoid the unfavorable tax consequences provided therein for non‑compliance. In connection with effecting such compliance with Section 409A, the following shall apply:

12.1Separation from Service; Required Delay in Payment to Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, no amount payable pursuant to this Agreement on account of the Participant’s termination of Service which constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of the Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to Section 409A of the Code (the “Section 409A Regulations”) shall be paid unless and until the Participant has incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of the Section 409A Regulations. Furthermore, to the extent that the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of the Section 409A Regulations as of the date of the Participant’s separation from service, no amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation which is payable on account of the Participant’s separation from service shall be paid to the Participant before the date (the “Delayed Payment Date”) which is first day of the seventh month after the date of the Participant’s separation from service or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death following such separation from service. All such amounts that would, but for this Section, become payable prior to the Delayed Payment Date will be accumulated and paid on the Delayed Payment Date.

12.2Other Changes in Time of Payment. Neither the Participant nor the Company shall take any action to accelerate or delay the payment of any benefits under this Agreement in any manner which would not be in compliance with the Section 409A Regulations.

12.3Amendments to Comply with Section 409A; Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company is authorized to amend this Agreement, to void or amend any election made by the Participant under this Agreement and/or to delay the payment of any monies and/or provision of any benefits in such manner as may be determined by the Company, in its discretion, to be necessary or appropriate to comply with the Section 409A Regulations without prior notice to or consent of the Participant. The Participant hereby releases and holds harmless the Company, its directors, officers and stockholders from any and all claims that may arise from or relate to any tax liability, penalties, interest, costs, fees or other liability incurred by the Participant in connection with the Award, including as a result of the application of Section 409A.

12.4Advice of Independent Tax Advisor. The Company has not obtained a tax ruling or other confirmation from the Internal Revenue Service with regard to the application of Section 409A to the Award, and the Company does not represent or warrant that this Agreement will avoid adverse tax consequences to the Participant, including as a result of the application of Section 409A to the Award. The Participant hereby acknowledges that he or she has been advised to seek the advice of his or her own independent tax advisor prior to entering into this Agreement and is not relying upon any representations of the Company or any of its agents as to the effect of or the advisability of entering into this Agreement.

6

13.MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

13.1Termination or Amendment. The Committee may terminate or amend the Plan or this Agreement at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may have a materially adverse effect on the Participant’s rights under this Agreement without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with applicable law or government regulation, including, but not limited to, Section 409A. No amendment or addition to this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

13.2Nontransferability of the Award. Prior to the issuance of shares of Stock on the applicable Settlement Date, neither this Award nor any Units subject to this Award shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to the Award shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

13.3Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

13.4Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

13.5Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by a Participating Company, or upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a)Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the Plan Prospectus, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the Internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

7

(b)Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 13.5(a) of this Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice, as described in Section 13.5(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 13.5(a).

13.6Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan, together with the Superseding Agreement, if any, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan shall survive any settlement of the Award and shall remain in full force and effect.

13.7Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

13.8Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

8

XML

Balance Sheet Accounts (Schedule of Deferred Revenue, Net) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012
Deferred Revenue Arrangement [Line Items]
Deferred revenue, current and noncurrent	$ 89,770		$ 41,454
Less: current portion	71,435		33,184
Non-current deferred revenue, net	18,335		8,270
Services
Deferred Revenue Arrangement [Line Items]
Deferred revenue, current and noncurrent	81,485	37,091	38,003	35,797	35,661	37,461
Less: current portion	63,150			27,664
Non-current deferred revenue, net	18,335			8,133
Product
Deferred Revenue Arrangement [Line Items]
Deferred revenue, current and noncurrent	$ 8,285		$ 3,451

XML

Net (Loss) Income Per Share (Schedule of Earnings Per Share, Basic and Diluted) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Net (loss) income	$ (15,986)	$ (4,206)	$ (16,022)	$ 8,709
Weighted-average shares used in per share calculation - basic (in shares)	95,216	94,501	94,639	94,619
Incremental shares using the treasury stock method:
Weighted-average shares used in per share calculation - diluted (in shares)	95,216	94,501	94,639	95,514
Net (loss) income per share - basic (in dollars per share)	$ (0.17)	$ (0.04)	$ (0.17)	$ 0.09
Net (loss) income per share - diluted (in dollars per share)	$ (0.17)	$ (0.04)	$ (0.17)	$ 0.09
Stock Options
Incremental shares using the treasury stock method:
Incremental shares	0	0	0	418
Restricted stock units
Incremental shares using the treasury stock method:
Incremental shares	0	0	0	370
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Incremental shares using the treasury stock method:
Incremental shares	0	0	0	107

XML

Share-based Compensation (Schedule of Stock Option Activity) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended	6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013
Number of Shares
Options outstanding, beginning balance		9,145
Granted	4,200	5,199
Exercised		(1,305)
Canceled		(975)
Options outstanding, ending balance	12,064	12,064
Exercisable at period end	3,792	3,792
Vested and expected to vest at period end	10,996	10,996
Weighted-Average Exercise Price Per Share
Options outstanding, beginning balance (in dollars per share)		$ 3.66
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 5.30	$ 5.14
Exercised (in dollars per share)		$ 3.54
Canceled (in dollars per share)		$ 4.83
Options outstanding, ending balance (in dollars per share)	$ 4.22	$ 4.22
Exercisable (in dollars per share)	$ 3.78	$ 3.78
Vested and expected to vest (in dollars per share)	$ 4.19	$ 4.19
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term
Options outstanding		5 years 6 months 15 days
Exercisable		3 years 6 months
Vested and expected to vest		5 years 5 months 9 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Exercised		$ 2,356
Options outstanding	33,338	33,338
Exercisable	12,196	12,196
Vested and expected to vest	$ 30,710	$ 30,710

XML

Net (Loss) Income Per Share (Shared Excluded from Diluted Earnings per Common Share) (Details) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Weighted stock options outstanding excluded from computation of earnings per share (in shares)	3.9	7.3	2.6	7.0

XML

Share-based Compensation (Schedule of Recognized Share-based Compensation Expense) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total share-based compensation expense	$ 3,458	$ 1,616	$ 5,033	$ 3,784
Cost of Product Revenue
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total share-based compensation expense	198	121	300	295
Cost of Service Revenue
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total share-based compensation expense	0	85	40	244
Research and Development
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total share-based compensation expense	898	288	1,141	720
Sales and Marketing
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total share-based compensation expense	1,279	567	1,850	1,295
General and Administrative
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total share-based compensation expense	$ 1,083	$ 555	$ 1,702	$ 1,230

XML

Balance Sheet Accounts (Schedule of Cash and Available-For-Sale Securities) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Cash	$ 50,395	$ 41,518
Cash equivalents	17,909	54,285
Short-term investments	43,713	43,034
Marketable securities	0	66,776
Total available-for-sale	61,622	164,095
Total cash and available for sale securities	$ 112,017	$ 205,613

XML

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Derivative [Line Items]
Foreign currency transaction realized (loss) gain	$ (1.0)	$ 0.4	$ (1.1)	$ (0.1)
Not Designated as Hedging Instrument | Forward Contracts
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional principal amount of forward foreign currency contracts	6.7		6.7
Other non-cash charges	$ 0.1
Maximum maturity on forward foreign currency contracts			60 days

XML

Share-based Compensation (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Share-based Compensation [Abstract]

Schedule of Recognized Share-based Compensation Expense

Share-based compensation expense recognized in the condensed consolidated financial statements by line item caption is as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Cost of product revenue	$	198	$	121	$	300	$	295
Cost of service revenue	—		85		40		244
Research and development	898		288		1,141		720
Sales and marketing	1,279		567		1,850		1,295
General and administrative	1,083		555		1,702		1,230
Total share-based compensation expense	$	3,458	$	1,616	$	5,033	$	3,784

Schedule of Share-based Compensation, Stock Options, Activity

The following table summarizes stock option activity under all plans for the six months ended December 31, 2013:

	Number of Shares (000’s)		Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (000’s)
Options outstanding at June 30, 2013	9,145		$	3.66
Granted	5,199		$	5.14
Exercised	(1,305	)	$	3.54		$	2,356
Cancelled	(975	)	$	4.83
Options outstanding at December 31, 2013	12,064		$	4.22	5.54	$	33,338
Exercisable at December 31, 2013	3,792		$	3.78	3.50	$	12,196
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013	10,996		$	4.19	5.44	$	30,710

Schedule of Share-based Compensation, Restricted Stock Units Award Activity

The following table summarizes stock award activity for the six months ended December 31, 2013:

	Number of Shares (000’s)		Weighted- Average Grant- Date Fair Value		Aggregate Fair Market Value ($000's)
Non-vested stock outstanding at June 30, 2013	2,686		$	3.09
Granted	4,202		$	5.54
Vested	(613	)	$	3.49	$	3,338
Cancelled	(352	)	$	3.51
Non-vested stock outstanding at December 31, 2013	5,923		$	4.45

Schedule of Share-based Payment Award, Stock Options, Valuation Assumptions

	Stock Option Plan				Employee Stock Purchase Plan				Stock Option Plan				Employee Stock Purchase Plan
	Three Months Ended				Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Expected life	4 years		4 years		0.25 years		0.25 years		4 years		5 years		0.25 years		0.25 years
Risk-free interest rate	1.14	%	0.57	%	0.11	%	0.04	%	1.20	%	0.71	%	0.10	%	0.05	%
Volatility	55	%	63	%	47	%	50	%	56	%	64	%	41	%	59	%
Dividend yield	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%

XML

Share-based Compensation (Schedule of Fair Value Assumptions for Stock Options and Employee Stock Purchase Plan Awards) (Details)	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Stock Option Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Fair Value Assumptions and Methodology [Abstract]
Expected life	4 years	4 years	4 years	5 years
Risk-free interest rate (percent)	1.14%	0.57%	1.20%	0.71%
Volatility (percent)	55.00%	63.00%	56.00%	64.00%
Dividend yield (percent)	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Fair Value Assumptions and Methodology [Abstract]
Expected life	3 months	3 months	3 months	3 months
Risk-free interest rate (percent)	0.11%	0.04%	0.10%	0.05%
Volatility (percent)	47.00%	50.00%	41.00%	59.00%
Dividend yield (percent)	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%

XML

Balance Sheet Accounts (Schedule of Debt) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Current portion of long-term debt	$ 4,063	$ 0
Long-term debt, less current portion	95,125	0
Total debt	99,188
Term Loan
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Current portion of long-term debt	4,063
Long-term debt, less current portion	60,125
Revolving Facility
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Long-term debt, less current portion	$ 35,000

XML

Balance Sheet Accounts (Schedule of Intangible Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Jun. 30, 2013
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross	$ 121,806		$ 12,906
Accumulated amortization	15,660		8,663
Finite-lived intangible assets, Net	106,146		4,243
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets, Gross	124,806
Accumulated amortization	15,660		8,663
Net	109,146		4,243
In-process research and development
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Fair value of indefinite lived intangibles	3,000
Developed technology
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average remaining amortization period	32 months
Gross	45,000
Accumulated amortization	2,694
Finite-lived intangible assets, Net	42,306
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Accumulated amortization	2,694
Customer relationships
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average remaining amortization period	34 months
Gross	37,000
Accumulated amortization	2,056
Finite-lived intangible assets, Net	34,944
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Accumulated amortization	2,056
Maintenance contracts
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average remaining amortization period	58 months
Gross	17,000
Accumulated amortization	567
Finite-lived intangible assets, Net	16,433
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Accumulated amortization	567
Trademarks
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average remaining amortization period	34 months
Gross	2,500
Accumulated amortization	139
Finite-lived intangible assets, Net	2,361
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Accumulated amortization	139
Order backlog
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average remaining amortization period	14 months 14 days
Gross	7,400
Accumulated amortization	1,017
Finite-lived intangible assets, Net	6,383
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Accumulated amortization	1,017
Patents
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average remaining amortization period	6 years 2 months 13 days	6 years 256 days
Gross	1,800		1,800
Accumulated amortization	918		846
Finite-lived intangible assets, Net	882		954
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Accumulated amortization	918		846
License agreements
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average remaining amortization period	10 years 256 days	10 years 110 days
Gross	10,447		10,447
Accumulated amortization	7,801		7,407
Finite-lived intangible assets, Net	2,646		3,040
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Accumulated amortization	7,801		7,407
Other intangibles
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average remaining amortization period	1 year 256 days	2 years 110 days
Gross	659		659
Accumulated amortization	468		410
Finite-lived intangible assets, Net	191		249
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Accumulated amortization	$ 468		$ 410

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended
	May 06, 2013 Lawsuits	Dec. 31, 2013
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
Non-cancelable purchase commitments		$ 63.2
Number of simultaneous suits filed against numerous networking companies	40

XML

Share-based Compensation (Narratives) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted (in dollars per share)	$ 2.35	$ 1.73	$ 2.33	$ 1.81
Options granted	4,200		5,199
Options granted, weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 5.30		$ 5.14
Restricted stock units granted	2,700		4,202
Restricted stock units granted, grant-date fair value (in dollars per share)	$ 5.30		$ 5.54
1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted (in dollars per share)	$ 1.35	$ 0.91	$ 1.21	$ 0.89

XML

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Changes and Error Corrections [Abstract]

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740)-Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”). This ASU provides guidance regarding the presentation in the statement of financial position of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward or a tax credit carryforward exists. The ASU generally provides that an entity's unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of its unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in its financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. ASU 2013-11 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 31, 2013. The Company intends to adopt this standard prospectively in the first quarter of its fiscal year ending June 30, 2015. The Company does not believe this updated standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

XML

Balance Sheet Accounts (Schedule of Product Warranty Liability Activity) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Movement in Standard Product Warranty Accrual [Roll Forward]
Balance beginning of period	$ 3,440	$ 2,971	$ 3,296	$ 2,871
Assumed from acquisition	3,732	0	3,732	0
New warranties issued	1,654	1,942	2,958	3,504
Warranty expenditures	(1,347)	(1,942)	(2,507)	(3,404)
Balance end of period	$ 7,479	$ 2,971	$ 7,479	$ 2,971

XML

Business combinations (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended						0 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Oct. 31, 2013 Senior Secured Credit Facilities	Oct. 31, 2013 Term Loan	Dec. 31, 2013 Revolving Facility	Oct. 31, 2013 Revolving Facility	Oct. 31, 2013 Enterasys Networks, Inc.	Dec. 31, 2013 Enterasys Networks, Inc.	Dec. 31, 2013 Enterasys Networks, Inc.	Dec. 31, 2013 Enterasys Networks, Inc. In-process research and development
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Purchase price paid in acquisition			$ 180,000,000	$ 0					$ 180,000,000
Borrowing capacity					125,000,000	65,000,000		60,000,000
Amount outstanding on revolving credit facility							35,000,000
Fair value of indefinite lived intangibles												3,000,000
Acquiree actual revenue											70,100,000
Acquiree actual operating income											1,200,000
Acquisition and integration costs	$ 8,688,000	$ 0	$ 12,382,000	$ 0						$ 2,100,000	$ 5,800,000

XML

Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Geographic Areas (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Schedule of Revenue from External Customers Attributed to Foreign Countries by Geographic Area

The Company attributes revenues to geographic regions primarily based on the customer's ship-to location. Information regarding geographic areas is as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
Net Revenues:	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Americas:
United States	$	56,292	$	22,731	$	81,681	$	47,935
Other	13,913		10,767		20,214		20,545
Total Americas	70,205		33,498		101,895		68,480
EMEA	61,292		28,700		92,133		57,220
APAC	15,086		13,353		28,470		25,978
Total net revenues	$	146,583	$	75,551	$	222,498	$	151,678

XML

Restructuring Charges (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended			6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Percent of positions eliminated	13.00%
Restructuring charge, net of reversals	$ 430		$ 5,176	$ 505		$ 5,167
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Restructuring liabilities, beginning balance				1,466
Assumed from acquisition				127
Period charges				821
Period reversals				(316)
Period payments				(1,389)
Restructuring liabilities, ending balance	709			709
Termination Benefits
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Restructuring liabilities, beginning balance				1,217	[1]
Assumed from acquisition				0	[1]
Period charges				110	[1]
Period reversals				(309)	[1]
Period payments				(950)	[1]
Restructuring liabilities, ending balance	68	[1]		68	[1]
Contract Termination
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Restructuring liabilities, beginning balance				0
Assumed from acquisition				127
Period charges				628
Period reversals				(7)
Period payments				(107)
Restructuring liabilities, ending balance	641			641
Other Cost
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Restructuring liabilities, beginning balance				249
Assumed from acquisition				0
Period charges				83
Period reversals				0
Period payments				(332)
Restructuring liabilities, ending balance	$ 0			$ 0

[1] Termination benefits generally include severance, outplacement services and health insurance coverage.

XML

Balance Sheet Accounts (Schedule of Concentration of Risk) (Details) (Customer Concentration Risk, Net Revenue)	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Westcon Group Inc.
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Concentration risk	10.00%	14.00%	12.00%	15.00%
Scansource Inc.
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Concentration risk		12.00%		12.00%
Tech Data
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Concentration risk		12.00%		11.00%
Ericsson AB
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Concentration risk		10.00%		10.00%

XML

Business combinations (Estimated Purchase Price) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended			0 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Jun. 30, 2013	Oct. 31, 2013 Enterasys Networks, Inc.
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Cash				$ 4,969
Receivables				25,699
Inventory				33,662
Other current assets				8,888
Property and equipment				23,122
Identifiable intangible assets				108,900
In-process research and development				3,000
Deferred tax assets				9
Other assets				7,343
Goodwill	57,922		0	57,922
Current liabilities				(75,394)
Other long term liabilities				(13,151)
Total purchase price allocation				184,969
Less: Cash acquired from acquisition				(4,969)
Total purchase price consideration, net of cash acquired	$ 180,000	$ 0		$ 180,000

XML

Business combinations (Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets Acquired) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified									0 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013 Developed technology	Dec. 31, 2013 Customer relationships	Dec. 31, 2013 Maintenance contracts	Dec. 31, 2013 Trademarks	Dec. 31, 2013 Order backlog	Oct. 31, 2013 Enterasys Networks, Inc.	Oct. 31, 2013 Enterasys Networks, Inc. Developed technology	Oct. 31, 2013 Enterasys Networks, Inc. Customer relationships	Oct. 31, 2013 Enterasys Networks, Inc. Maintenance contracts	Oct. 31, 2013 Enterasys Networks, Inc. Trademarks	Oct. 31, 2013 Enterasys Networks, Inc. Order backlog
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life									3 years	3 years	5 years	3 years	1 year 6 months
Amount	$ 121,806	$ 12,906	$ 45,000	$ 37,000	$ 17,000	$ 2,500	$ 7,400	$ 108,900	$ 45,000	$ 37,000	$ 17,000	$ 2,500	$ 7,400

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

The Company's revenue is primarily derived from the sale of networking products, which are tangible products containing software and non-software components that function together to deliver the tangible product's essential functionality. In addition to tangible products, the Company's sales arrangements may include other deliverables such as standalone software licenses, or service offerings. For multiple deliverable arrangements, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the accounting standard for multiple deliverable revenue arrangements, which provides guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how deliverables in an arrangement should be separated, and how consideration should be allocated. Software revenue recognition guidance is applied to the sales of the Company's standalone software products, including software upgrades and software that is not essential to the functionality of the hardware with which it is sold.

Pursuant to the guidance of the accounting standard for multiple deliverable revenue arrangements, when the Company's sales arrangements contain multiple elements, such as products, software licenses, maintenance agreements, or professional services, the Company determines the standalone selling price for each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The application of the multiple deliverable revenue accounting standard does not change the units of accounting for the Company's multiple element arrangements. Under the selling price hierarchy, the selling price for each deliverable is based on the Company's vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), which is determined by a substantial majority of the Company's historical standalone sales transactions for a product or service falling within a narrow range. If VSOE is not available due to a lack of standalone sales transactions or lack of pricing within a narrow range, then third party evidence (“TPE”), as determined by the standalone pricing of competitive vendor products in similar markets, is used, if available. TPE typically is difficult to establish due to the proprietary differences of competitive products and difficulty in obtaining reliable competitive standalone pricing information. When neither VSOE nor TPE is available, the Company determines its best estimate of standalone selling price (“ESP”) for a product or service and does so by considering several factors including, but not limited to, the 12-month historical median sales price, sales channel, geography, gross margin objective, competitive product pricing, and product life cycle. In consideration of all relevant pricing factors, the Company applies management judgment to determine the Company's best estimate of selling price through consultation with and formal approval by the Company's management for all products and services for which neither VSOE nor TPE is available. Generally, the standalone selling price of services is determined using VSOE and the standalone selling price of other deliverables is determined by using ESP. The Company regularly reviews VSOE, TPE and ESP for all of its products and services and maintains internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

In accordance with the software revenue recognition accounting standard, the Company continues to recognize revenue for software using the residual method for its sale of standalone software products and other software that is not essential to the functionality of the hardware with which it is sold. After allocation of the relative selling price to each element of the arrangement, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the Company's policies for product, software, and service revenue recognition.

Business Combinations

The Company applies the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations, including its acquisition of Enterasys Networks, Inc. on October 31, 2013. Under this method of accounting, all assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values at the date of the completion of transaction. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, intangibles and other asset lives, among other items. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (an exit price). Market participants are assumed to be buyers and sellers in the principal (most advantageous) market for the asset or liability. Additionally, fair value measurements for an asset assume the highest and best use of that asset by market participants. As a result, the Company may have been required to value the acquired assets at fair value measures that do not reflect its intended use of those assets. Use of different estimates and judgments could yield different results. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. Although the Company believes the assumptions and estimates it has made are reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and information that may be obtained from the management of the acquired company and are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill

Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at the beginning of fourth quarter of the fiscal year and at least annually thereafter. To test goodwill for impairment, the Company first performs a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, the Company will then perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. Otherwise, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. Under the two-step goodwill impairment test, the Company would, in the first step, compare the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, no impairment loss would be recognized. However, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of the unit may be impaired. The amount, if any, of the impairment is then measured in the second step in which the Company determines the implied value of goodwill based on the allocation of the estimated fair value determined in the initial step to all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets include property and equipment, and service inventory. Property and equipment assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets or asset groups may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances exist, the Company assesses the recoverability of these assets by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets or asset groups. The Company reduces the carrying value of service inventory to net realizable value based on excess and obsolete inventories which are primarily determined by age of inventory and future demand forecasts.

Intangible Assets

Intangibles assets are reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying value. License agreements are presented at cost, net of accumulated amortization and are amortized over their estimated useful life. The in-process research and development efforts will be monitored regularly for completion and once they are completed, the Company will determine whether the asset will continue to be an indefinite lived asset or it has become a finite lived asset and apply the appropriate accounting accordingly. The Company determines that our in-process research and development project is complete when all material research and development costs have been incurred and no significant risks remain. The Company  reviews the carrying value of indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually during the last quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist.

XML

Business combinations (Pro Forma Information) (Details) (Enterasys Networks, Inc., USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Enterasys Networks, Inc.
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Net revenues	$ 159,944	$ 158,258	$ 321,837	$ 327,599
Net loss	$ (55,090)	$ (15,196)	$ (51,682)	$ (14,833)
Net loss per share - basic and diluted (USD per share)	$ (0.57)	$ (0.16)	$ (0.54)	$ (0.16)

XML

Balance Sheet Accounts (Change in Deferred Support Revenue) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified			3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013 Renewable Support Arrangements	Dec. 31, 2012 Renewable Support Arrangements	Dec. 31, 2013 Renewable Support Arrangements	Dec. 31, 2012 Renewable Support Arrangements
Movement in Deferred Revenue [Roll Forward]
Balance beginning of period	$ 89,770	$ 41,454	$ 37,091	$ 35,661	$ 38,003	$ 37,461
Assumed from acquisition			35,879	0	35,879	0
New support arrangements			33,146	14,776	46,489	27,313
Recognition of support revenue			(24,631)	(14,640)	(38,886)	(28,977)
Balance end of period	89,770	41,454	81,485	35,797	81,485	35,797
Less: current portion	71,435	33,184	63,150	27,664	63,150	27,664
Non-current deferred revenue	$ 18,335	$ 8,270	$ 18,335	$ 8,133	$ 18,335	$ 8,133

XML

Income Taxes (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Provision for income taxes	$ 925,000	$ 406,000	$ 1,352,000	$ 983,000
Tax amortization deduction for capitalized goodwill			600,000
Deferred tax liability, goodwill	200,000		200,000
Unrecognized tax benefits	10,900,000		10,900,000
Unrecognized tax benefits that would impact effective tax rate	300,000		300,000
Unrecognized tax benefits resulting in adjustments to deferred tax assets	10,600,000		10,600,000
Accrued penalties and interest for unrecognized income tax benefits	46,000	100,000	46,000	100,000
Foreign
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Amount of decrease in unrealized tax benefit from expiration of statute of limitations	$ 100,000		$ 100,000
Enterasys Networks, Inc. | Stock of Acquiree
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life			15 years

XML

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 68,304	$ 95,803
Short-term investments	43,713	43,034
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $1,627 at December 31, 2013 and $1,252 at June 30, 2013	94,337	47,642
Inventories	62,935	16,167
Deferred income taxes	863	386
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	15,273	5,749
Total current assets	285,425	208,781
Property and equipment, net	49,416	23,644
Marketable securities	0	66,776
Intangible assets, net	109,146	4,243
Goodwill	57,922	0
Other assets	15,546	7,980
Total assets	517,455	311,424
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt	4,063	0
Accounts payable	54,422	27,163
Accrued compensation and benefits	26,557	13,503
Restructuring liabilities	709	1,466
Accrued warranty	4,618	3,296
Deferred revenue, net	71,435	33,184
Deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors	22,184	17,388
Other accrued liabilities	25,701	16,502
Total current liabilities	209,689	112,502
Deferred revenue, less current portion	18,335	8,270
Long-term debt, less current portion	95,125	0
Other long-term liabilities	9,913	1,507
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
Stockholders’ equity:
Convertible preferred stock, $.001 par value, issuable in series, 2,000,000 shares authorized; none issued	0	0
Common stock, $.001 par value, 750,000,000 shares authorized; 95,703,626 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 93,626,150 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013	94	94
Additional paid-in-capital	831,167	821,331
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	57	(1,377)
Accumulated deficit	(646,925)	(630,903)
Total stockholders’ equity	184,393	189,145
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$ 517,455	$ 311,424

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Schedule of Fair Value for Financial Assets and Liabilities Measure on Recurring Basis) (Details) (Recurring, USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013
Level 1
Assets
Total	$ 17,909	$ 54,285
Level 1 | Foreign currency forward contracts
Assets
Foreign currency forward contracts	0	0
Level 1 | Money market funds
Assets
Investments	17,909	54,285
Level 1 | Corporate notes/bonds
Assets
Investments	0	0
Level 2
Assets
Total	43,792	109,831
Level 2 | Foreign currency forward contracts
Assets
Foreign currency forward contracts	79	21
Level 2 | Money market funds
Assets
Investments	0	0
Level 2 | Corporate notes/bonds
Assets
Investments	43,713	109,810
Level 3
Assets
Total	0	0
Level 3 | Foreign currency forward contracts
Assets
Foreign currency forward contracts	0	0
Level 3 | Money market funds
Assets
Investments	0	0
Level 3 | Corporate notes/bonds
Assets
Investments	0	0
Total
Assets
Total	61,701	164,116
Total | Foreign currency forward contracts
Assets
Foreign currency forward contracts	79	21
Total | Money market funds
Assets
Investments	17,909	54,285
Total | Corporate notes/bonds
Assets
Investments	$ 43,713	$ 109,810

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net (loss) income	$ (16,022)	$ 8,709
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	4,143	2,292
Amortization of intangible assets	6,997	801
Provision for doubtful accounts	375	49
Stock-based compensation	5,033	3,784
(Gain) loss on disposition of long lived assets, net	238	(11,451)
Other non-cash charges	1,171	762
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net
Accounts receivable	(21,370)	(1,466)
Inventories	(13,105)	8,743
Prepaid expenses and other assets	2,473	1,255
Accounts payable	12,881	(8,096)
Accrued compensation and benefits	(639)	(2,241)
Restructuring liabilities	(756)	4,569
Deferred revenue	14,511	(1,668)
Other current and long term liabilities	(799)	2,035
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	(4,869)	8,077
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures	(12,562)	(3,026)
Acquisition, net of cash acquired	(180,000)	0
Purchases of investments	(9,045)	(25,886)
Proceeds from maturities of investments and marketable securities	20,062	9,322
Proceeds from sales of investments and marketable securities	54,578	8,447
Purchases of intangible assets	0	(335)
Proceeds from sales of facilities	0	42,659
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	(126,967)	31,181
Cash flows from financing activities:
Draw on Revolving Facility	35,000	0
Issuance of Term Loan	65,000	0
Repayment of debt	(813)	0
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	4,803	1,614
Repurchase of common stock	0	(6,171)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	103,990	(4,557)
Foreign currency effect on cash	347	469
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(27,499)	35,170
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	95,803	54,596
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$ 68,304	$ 89,766

XML

Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Geographic Areas (Schedule of Revenues by Geographic Regions) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	$ 146,583	$ 75,551	$ 222,498	$ 151,678
Total Americas
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	70,205	33,498	101,895	68,480
United States
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	56,292	22,731	81,681	47,935
Other
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	13,913	10,767	20,214	20,545
EMEA
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	61,292	28,700	92,133	57,220
APAC
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	$ 15,086	$ 13,353	$ 28,470	$ 25,978

XML

Balance Sheet Accounts (Schedule of Available-for-sale Investments by Contractual Maturity) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013
Amortized Cost
Due in 1 year or less	$ 43,600
Total investments in available for sale debt securities	43,600
Fair Value
Due in 1 year or less	43,713
Total investments in available for sale debt securities	$ 43,713

XML

Business combinations (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Schedule of Recognized Identified Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

The estimated purchase price has been allocated to Enterasys’ tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed on a preliminary basis as follows (in thousands):

	Amount
Cash	$	4,969
Receivables	25,699
Inventory	33,662
Other current assets	8,888
Property and equipment	23,122
Identifiable intangible assets	108,900
In-process research and development	3,000
Deferred tax assets	9
Other assets	7,343
Goodwill	57,922
Current liabilities	(75,394		)
Other long term liabilities	(13,151		)
Total purchase price allocation	$	184,969
Less: Cash acquired from acquisition	(4,969		)
Total purchase price consideration, net of cash acquired	$	180,000

Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets Acquired as Part of Business Combination

The following table presents details of the preliminary identifiable intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition (in thousands):

Intangible Assets	Estimated Useful Life (in years)	Amount
Developed technology	3	$	45,000
Customer relationships	3	37,000
Maintenance contracts	5	17,000
Trademarks	3	2,500
Order backlog	1.5	7,400
Total identifiable intangible assets		$	108,900

Business Acquisition, Pro Forma Information

The following table summarizes the pro forma financial information (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Net revenues	$	159,944		$	158,258		$	321,837		$	327,599
Net loss	$	(55,090	)	$	(15,196	)	$	(51,682	)	$	(14,833	)
Net loss per share – basic and diluted	$	(0.57	)	$	(0.16	)	$	(0.54	)	$	(0.16	)

XML

Balance Sheet Accounts (Narratives) (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended						0 Months Ended				0 Months Ended	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended		0 Months Ended		6 Months Ended		0 Months Ended	6 Months Ended	0 Months Ended	6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 Investment_Securities	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013 Investment_Securities	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Oct. 31, 2013 Senior Secured Credit Facilities	Oct. 31, 2013 Senior Secured Credit Facilities Federal Funds Effective Rate	Oct. 31, 2013 Revolving Facility	Dec. 31, 2013 Revolving Facility	Oct. 31, 2013 Term Loan	Dec. 31, 2013 Cost of Product Revenue	Dec. 31, 2012 Cost of Product Revenue	Dec. 31, 2013 Cost of Product Revenue	Dec. 31, 2012 Cost of Product Revenue	Oct. 31, 2013 Enterasys Networks, Inc.	Sep. 11, 2012 Santa Clara Headquarters acre	Dec. 31, 2013 Minimum	Dec. 31, 2013 Minimum Net Revenue Customer Concentration Risk	Oct. 31, 2013 Minimum Senior Secured Credit Facilities	Dec. 31, 2013 Maximum	Oct. 31, 2013 Maximum Senior Secured Credit Facilities	Dec. 31, 2013 Cash equivalents Maximum	Dec. 31, 2013 Short-term Investments Minimum	Dec. 31, 2013 Short-term Investments Maximum	Dec. 31, 2013 Marketable Securities Minimum
Balance Sheet Accounts [Line Items]
Maturity period for investments																									3 months	3 months	1 year	1 year
Number of securities with unrealized losses	5		5
Number of investment securities	25		25
Other than temporary impairment loss on investments	$ 148,000
Number of acres of land sold																			16
Net cash proceeds from sale of real estate			0	42,659,000															44,700,000
Gain on sale of property	0	0	0	11,539,000															11,500,000
Goodwill acquired																		57,900,000
Amortization expense	6,700,000	400,000	6,997,000	801,000										2,900,000	400,000	3,200,000	800,000
Extended warranty period																				1 year			5 years
Borrowing capacity									125,000,000		60,000,000		65,000,000
Term of agreement											5 years		5 years
Amount outstanding on revolving credit facility												35,000,000
Basis spread										0.50%
Commitment fee percentage									0.50%													0.375%		0.50%
Warranty liability	7,479,000	2,971,000	7,479,000	2,971,000	3,440,000	3,296,000	2,971,000	2,871,000
Current portion of warranty liability	$ 4,600,000		$ 4,600,000
Standard hardware warranty period			12 months
Standard software warranty period			90 days
Limited lifetime hardware warranty maximum period after end of sale of product			5 years
Maximum investment in one obligor or maker (percent)			10.00%
Concentration risk																					10.00%

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis

The following table presents the Company’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

December 31, 2013	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
	(In thousands)
Assets
Investments:
Money market funds	$	17,909	$	—	$	—	$	17,909
Corporate notes/bonds	—		43,713		—		43,713
Foreign currency forward contracts	—		79		—		79
Total	$	17,909	$	43,792	$	—	$	61,701

June 30, 2013	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
	(In thousands)
Assets
Investments:
Money market funds	$	54,285	$	—	$	—	$	54,285
Corporate notes/bonds	—		109,810		—		109,810
Foreign currency forward contracts	—		21		—		21
Total	$	54,285	$	109,831	$	—	$	164,116

XML

Basis of Presentation

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Extreme Networks, Inc. (referred to as the “Company” or “Extreme Networks”) included herein have been prepared under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted under such rules and regulations. The condensed consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2013 was derived from audited financial statements as of that date but does not include all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. These interim financial statements and notes should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented and the financial condition of Extreme Networks at December 31, 2013. The results of operations for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for fiscal 2014 or any future periods.

On October 31, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of Enterasys Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Enterasys"), whereby Enterasys became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (see Note 4: "Business Combinations" for further discussion). The results of operations of Enterasys are included in the consolidated results of operations beginning October 31, 2013.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parentheticals) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013
Assets [Abstract]
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 1,627	$ 1,252
Stockholders' Equity Attributable to Parent [Abstract]
Convertible preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Convertible preferred stock, shares authorized	2,000,000	2,000,000
Convertible preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, shares authorized	750,000,000	750,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	95,703,626	93,626,150
Common stock, shares outstanding	95,703,626	93,626,150

XML

Net (Loss) Income Per Share

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Net (Loss) Income Per Share

Net (Loss) Income Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, less shares subject to repurchase, and excludes any dilutive effects of options, warrants and unvested restricted stock. Dilutive earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares used in the basic earnings per share calculation plus the dilutive effect of shares subject to repurchase, options, warrants and unvested restricted stock.

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per share (in thousands, except per share data):

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Net (loss) income	$	(15,986	)	$	(4,206	)	$	(16,022	)	$	8,709
Weighted-average shares used in per share calculation – basic	95,216			94,501			94,639			94,619
Incremental shares using the treasury stock method:
Stock options	—			—			—			418
Restricted stock units	—			—			—			370
Employee Stock Purchase Plan	—			—			—			107
Weighted -average share used in per share calculation – diluted	95,216			94,501			94,639			95,514
Net (loss) income per share – basic	$	(0.17	)	$	(0.04	)	(0.17		)	0.09
Net (loss) income per share – diluted	$	(0.17	)	$	(0.04	)	(0.17		)	0.09

Potentially dilutive common shares from employee incentive plans are determined by applying the treasury stock method to the assumed exercise of outstanding stock options, the assumed vesting of outstanding restricted stock units, and the assumed issuance of common stock under the stock purchase plan. Weighted stock options outstanding with an exercise price higher than the Company's average stock price for the periods presented are excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per share since the effect of including them would have been anti-dilutive due to the net income position of the Company during the periods presented. For the three months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company excluded 3.9 million and 7.3 million outstanding weighted average stock options and awards, respectively, from the calculation of diluted earnings per common share because they would have been anti-dilutive.  For the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company excluded 2.6 million and 7.0 million outstanding weighted average stock options and awards, respectively, from the calculation of diluted earnings per common share because they would have been anti-dilutive.

XML

Document and Entity Information	6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Jan. 24, 2014
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	EXTREME NETWORKS INC
Entity Central Index Key	0001078271
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--06-30
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Document Type	10-Q
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2013
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q2
Amendment Flag	false
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		95,867,420

XML

Restructuring Charges

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]

Restructuring Charges

Restructuring Charges

As part of the Company's on-going restructuring efforts, during the second quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company initiated a plan to reduce its worldwide headcount by 13%, consolidate specific global administrative functions, and shift certain operating costs to lower cost regions, among other actions. Restructuring expense was $0.4 million and $0.5 million in the three and six months ended December 31, 2013. Restructuring expense was $5.2 million and $5.2 million in the three and six months ended December 31, 2012.

The following table summarizes restructuring activities for the six months ended December 31, 2013:

	Termination Benefits (1)			Contract Termination			Other Cost			Total
Balance at June 30, 2013	$	1,217		$	—		$	249		$	1,466
Assumed from acquisition	—			127			—			127
Period charges	110			628			83			821
Period reversals	(309		)	(7		)	—			(316		)
Period payments	(950		)	(107		)	(332		)	(1,389		)
Restructuring liabilities at December 31, 2013	$	68		$	641		$	—		$	709

(1) Termination benefits generally include severance, outplacement services and health insurance coverage.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Net revenues:
Product	$ 119,065	$ 60,259	$ 180,109	$ 121,378
Service	27,518	15,292	42,389	30,300
Total net revenues	146,583	75,551	222,498	151,678
Cost of revenues:
Product	66,893	29,377	94,409	59,853
Service	9,845	5,435	14,538	11,111
Total cost of revenues	76,738	34,812	108,947	70,964
Gross profit:
Product	52,172	30,882	85,700	61,525
Service	17,673	9,857	27,851	19,189
Total gross profit	69,845	40,739	113,551	80,714
Operating expenses:
Research and development	18,896	11,007	28,832	21,573
Sales and marketing	40,636	22,093	63,330	44,120
General and administrative	11,189	6,644	18,125	12,003
Acquisition and integration costs	8,688	0	12,382	0
Restructuring charge, net of reversals	430	5,176	505	5,167
Amortization of intangibles	3,778	0	3,778	0
Litigation settlement	0	(421)	0	(421)
Gain on sale of facilities	0	0	0	(11,539)
Total operating expenses	83,617	44,499	126,952	70,903
Operating (loss) income	(13,772)	(3,760)	(13,401)	9,811
Interest income	172	261	447	531
Interest expense	(524)	(1)	(524)	(1)
Other expense, net	(937)	(300)	(1,192)	(649)
(Loss) income before income taxes	(15,061)	(3,800)	(14,670)	9,692
Provision for income taxes	925	406	1,352	983
Net (loss) income	$ (15,986)	$ (4,206)	$ (16,022)	$ 8,709
Basic and diluted net income per share:
Net (loss) income per share - basic (in dollars per share)	$ (0.17)	$ (0.04)	$ (0.17)	$ 0.09
Net (loss) income per share - diluted (in dollars per share)	$ (0.17)	$ (0.04)	$ (0.17)	$ 0.09
Shares used in per share calculation - basic (in shares)	95,216	94,501	94,639	94,619
Shares used in per share calculation – diluted (in shares)	95,216	94,501	94,639	95,514

XML

Fair Value Measurements

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents the Company’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

December 31, 2013	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
	(In thousands)
Assets
Investments:
Money market funds	$	17,909	$	—	$	—	$	17,909
Corporate notes/bonds	—		43,713		—		43,713
Foreign currency forward contracts	—		79		—		79
Total	$	17,909	$	43,792	$	—	$	61,701

June 30, 2013	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
	(In thousands)
Assets
Investments:
Money market funds	$	54,285	$	—	$	—	$	54,285
Corporate notes/bonds	—		109,810		—		109,810
Foreign currency forward contracts	—		21		—		21
Total	$	54,285	$	109,831	$	—	$	164,116

Level 2 investment valuations are based on inputs such as quoted market prices of similar instruments, dealer quotations or valuations provided by alternative pricing sources supported by observable inputs. These generally include U.S. government and sovereign obligations, most government agency securities, investment-grade corporate bonds, and state, municipal and provincial obligations. There were no transfers of assets or liabilities between Level 1 and Level 2 during the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

XML

Balance Sheet Accounts

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Balance Sheet Accounts

Balance Sheet Accounts

Cash, Cash Equivalents, Short-Term Investments and Marketable Securities

Summary of Cash and Available-for-Sale Securities (in thousands)

	December 31, 2013		June 30, 2013
Cash	$	50,395	$	41,518
Cash equivalents	$	17,909	$	54,285
Short-term investments	43,713		43,034
Marketable securities	—		66,776
Total available-for-sale	$	61,622	$	164,095
Total cash, cash equivalents and available for sale securities	$	112,017	$	205,613

Available-for-Sale Securities

The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities (in thousands): 

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Holding Gains		Unrealized Holding Losses
December 31, 2013
Money market funds	$	17,909	$	17,909	$	—	$	—
U.S. corporate debt securities	43,600		43,713		113		—
	$	61,509	$	61,622	$	113	$	—
Classified as:
Cash equivalents	$	17,909	$	17,909	$	—	$	—
Short-term investments	43,600		43,713		113		—
	$	61,509	$	61,622	$	113	$	—
June 30, 2013
Money market funds	$	54,285	$	54,285	$	—	$	—
U.S. corporate debt securities	110,078		109,810		126		(394		)
	$	164,363	$	164,095	$	126	$	(394	)
Classified as:
Cash equivalents	$	54,285	$	54,285	$	—	$	—
Short-term investments	42,994		43,034		44		(4		)
Marketable securities	67,084		66,776		82		(390		)
	$	164,363	$	164,095	$	126	$	(394	)

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale investments in debt securities at December 31, 2013, by contractual maturity, were as follows (in thousands):

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due in 1 year or less	$	43,600	$	43,713
Total investments in available for sale debt securities	$	43,600	$	43,713

The Company considers highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Investments with original maturities of greater than three months, but less than one year at the balance sheet date are classified as Short Term Investments. Investments with maturities of greater than one year at balance sheet date which the Company intends to hold for longer than one year are classified as Marketable Securities. Except for direct obligations of the United States government, securities issued by agencies of the United States government, and money market funds, the Company diversifies its investments by limiting its holdings with any individual issuer.

Investments include available-for-sale investment-grade debt securities that the Company carries at fair value. The Company accumulates unrealized gains and losses on the Company's available-for-sale debt securities, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the stockholders' equity section of its balance sheets. Such an unrealized gain or loss does not reduce net income for the applicable accounting period. If the fair value of an available-for-sale debt instrument is less than its amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment is triggered in circumstances where (1) the Company intends to sell the instrument, (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the instrument before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or (3) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the instrument (that is, a credit loss exists). If the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the available-for-sale debt instrument before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the Company recognizes an other-than-temporary impairment in earnings equal to the entire difference between the debt instruments' amortized cost basis and its fair value. For available-for-sale debt instruments that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired due to the existence of a credit loss, if the Company does not intend to sell and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the instrument before recovery of its remaining amortized cost basis (amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), the Company separates the amount of the impairment into the amount that is credit related and the amount due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is the difference between the debt instrument's amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows. The remaining difference between the debt instrument's fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is due to factors that are not credit related and is recognized in other comprehensive income.

The Company determines the basis of the cost of a security sold or the amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings using the specific identification method. As of December 31, 2013, five out of twenty-five investment securities had unrealized losses. Such unrealized losses in total were immaterial for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013. The Company recorded an other than temporary impairment loss of $148,000 during the six months ended December 31, 2013.

Long-Lived Assets

On September 11, 2012, the Company completed the sale of its corporate campus and accompanying 16 acres of land in Santa Clara, California for net cash proceeds of approximately $44.7 million and realized a gain of approximately $11.5 million.

Goodwill and Intangibles

As part of the acquisition of Enterasys, the Company assumed $57.9 million in goodwill which has been allocated to the Company's only reportable segment, the development and marketing of network infrastructure equipment.

The following tables present details of the Company’s intangible assets (in thousands):

December 31, 2013	Weighted average remaining amortization period	Gross		Accumulated amortization		Net
Intangible assets with finite lives:
Developed technology	2.7 years	$	45,000	$	2,694	$	42,306
Customer relationships	2.8 years	37,000		2,056		34,944
Maintenance contracts	4.8 years	17,000		567		16,433
Trademarks	2.8 years	2,500		139		2,361
Order backlog	1.2 years	7,400		1,017		6,383
Patents	6.2 years	1,800		918		882
License agreements	10.7 years	10,447		7,801		2,646
Other intangibles	1.7 years	659		468		191
Total intangible assets with finite lives		121,806		15,660		106,146
In-process research and development, with indefinite life		3,000		—		3,000
Total		$	124,806	$	15,660	$	109,146

June 30, 2013	Weighted average remaining amortization period	Gross		Accumulated amortization		Net
Intangible assets with finite lives:
Patents	6.7 years	$	1,800	$	846	$	954
License agreements	10.3 years	10,447		7,407		3,040
Other intangibles	2.3 years	659		410		249
Total intangible assets with finite lives		12,906		8,663		4,243

Amortization expense was $6.7 million and $7.0 million respectively, for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013. Amortization expense was $0.4 million and $0.8 million respectively, for the three and six months ended December 31, 2012. Of the total amount recognized, $2.9 million and $3.2 million for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and $0.4 million and $0.8 million respectively for the three and six months ended December 31, 2012, is included in "Cost of revenues for products" on the condensed consolidated statements of operations, while the remainder of the amortization expense is included in "Amortization of intangibles" on the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The amortization expense for developed technology, patents, license agreements and other intangibles is recognized in "Cost of revenues for products" on the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The estimated future amortization expense for finite lived intangibles to be recorded for each of the next five years is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal year	Amount
2014 (remaining 6 months)	$	19,881
2015	36,248
2016	31,287
2017	12,379
2018	3,682
Thereafter	2,669
Total	$	106,146

Deferred Revenue, Net

Deferred revenue, net represents amounts for (i) deferred services revenue (support arrangements, professional services and training), and (ii) deferred product revenue net of the related cost of revenue when the revenue recognition criteria have not been met. The following table summarizes deferred revenue, net at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, respectively (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		June 30, 2013
Deferred services	$	81,485	$	38,003
Deferred product and other revenue	8,285		3,451
Total deferred revenue	89,770		41,454
Less: current portion	71,435		33,184
Non-current deferred revenue, net	$	18,335	$	8,270

The Company offers for sale to its customers renewable support arrangements, including extended warranty contracts, that range from one to five years. Deferred support revenue is included within deferred revenue, net within the Services category above. The change in the Company’s deferred support revenue balance in relation to these arrangements was as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Balance beginning of period	$	37,091		$	35,661		$	38,003		$	37,461
Assumed from acquisition	35,879			—			35,879			—
New support arrangements	33,146			14,776			46,489			27,313
Recognition of support revenue	(24,631		)	(14,640		)	(38,886		)	(28,977		)
Balance end of period	81,485			35,797			81,485			35,797
Less: current portion	63,150			27,664			63,150			27,664
Non-current deferred revenue	$	18,335		$	8,133		$	18,335		$	8,133

Deferred Distributors Revenue, Net of Cost of Sales to Distributors

The Company records revenue from its distributors on a sell-through basis, recording deferred revenue and deferred cost of sales associated with all sales transactions to its distributors in “Deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors” in the liability section of its condensed consolidated balance sheet. When the Company ships products to its distributors, legal title to the products passes to its distributors, and a legally enforceable obligation is created for the distributors to pay on a current basis. Therefore, the Company records a trade receivable at the contractual discount to the list selling price and relieves inventory for the cost of goods shipped to the distributor.

The amount shown as “Deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors” represents the deferred gross margin on sales to distributors based on contractual pricing. Distributors purchase products from the Company at a contractual discount based on geographic region and resell the Company's products at a very broad range of individually negotiated price points depending on competitive factors and other market conditions. A portion of the deferred revenue balance represents an amount of the distributors' original purchase price that will be remitted back to the distributors after resale transactions are reported to the Company. Therefore, the amount of gross margin the Company will recognize in future periods from distributor sales will be less than the deferred amount recorded for the original sale to the distributor as a result of the price concessions negotiated at the time of sell-through. The wide range and variability of negotiated price credits granted to distributors do not allow the Company to accurately estimate the portion of the balance in the deferred revenue that will be credited to the distributors in the future. Therefore, the Company does not reduce deferred revenue by anticipated future price credits; instead, price credits are recorded against revenue and accounts receivable when incurred, which is generally at the time the distributor sells the product.

The following table summarizes deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, respectively (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013			June 30, 2013
Deferred distributors revenue	$	28,943		$	22,411
Deferred cost of sales to distributors	(6,759		)	(5,023		)
Deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors	$	22,184		$	17,388

Debt

The Company's debt is comprised of the following:

	December 31, 2013
Current portion of long-term debt
Term Loan	4,063
Current portion of long-term debt	4,063
Long-term debt, less current portion
Term Loan	60,125
Revolving Facility	35,000
Total long-term debt less current portion	95,125
Total debt	99,188

On October 31, 2013, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) which provides for a $60 millionfive-year revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) and a $65 millionfive-year term loan (the “Term Loan”) and together with the Revolving Facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”).  The proceeds from the Term Loan were used to pay a portion of the purchase price in the acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Enterasys. The company also drew $35 million of the Revolving Facility to pay a portion of the purchase price.

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities bear interest, at the Company's election, at a rate per annum equal to an agreed to applicable margin plus (a) the higher of (x) the prime rate in effect on such day or (y) the federal funds effective rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%, or (b) an adjusted Libor rate. In addition, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee of between 0.375% and 0.50% quarterly (currently 0.50%) on the unused portion of the Revolving Facility, also based on the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio.  Principal installments are payable on the Term Loan in varying percentages quarterly starting December 31, 2013 and to the extent not previously paid, all outstanding balance to be paid at maturity. If not repaid before maturity, he draws on the Revolving Facility shall be repaid on the maturity date. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets and are jointly and severally guaranteed by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries.

The Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that require the Company to maintain a minimum Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and a Consolidated Quick Ratio and a maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio as well as several other covenants and restrictions that limit the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens upon any of its property, merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of its assets, etc.  These covenants, which are described more fully in the Credit Agreement, to which reference is made for a complete statement of the covenants, are subject to certain exceptions. The Company currently is in compliance with its covenants.

The Credit Agreement also includes customary events of default, including failure to pay principal, interest or fees when due, failure to comply with covenants, if any representation or warranty made by the Company is false or misleading in any material respect, certain insolvency or receivership events affecting the Company and its subsidiaries, the occurrence of certain material judgments, the occurrence of certain ERISA events, the invalidity of the loan documents or a change in control of the Company.  The amounts outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities may be accelerated upon certain events of default.

Guarantees and Product Warranties

Upon issuance of a standard product warranty, the Company discloses and recognizes a liability for the obligation it assumes under the warranty. The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s product warranty liability during the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Balance beginning of period	$	3,440		$	2,971		$	3,296		$	2,871
Assumed from acquisition	3,732			—			3,732			—
New warranties issued	1,654			1,942			2,958			3,504
Warranty expenditures	(1,347		)	(1,942		)	(2,507		)	(3,404		)
Balance end of period	$	7,479		$	2,971		$	7,479		$	2,971

As of December 31, 2013, of the $7.5 million in warranty liability, $4.6 million was classified as current and the remainder is included in "Other long-term liabilities" on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s standard hardware warranty period is typically 12 months from the date of shipment to end-users and 90 days for software. For certain access products, the Company offers a limited lifetime hardware warranty commencing on the date of shipment from the Company and ending five (5) years following the Company’s announcement of the end of sale of such product. Upon shipment of products to its customers, the Company estimates expenses for the cost to repair or replace products that may be returned under warranty and accrues a liability in cost of product revenue for this amount. The determination of the Company’s warranty requirements is based on actual historical experience with the product or product family, estimates of repair and replacement costs and any product warranty problems that are identified after shipment. The Company estimates and adjusts these accruals at each balance sheet date in accordance with changes in these factors.

In the normal course of business to facilitate sales of its products, the Company indemnifies its resellers and end-user customers with respect to certain matters. The Company has agreed to hold the customer harmless against losses arising from a breach of intellectual property infringement or other claims made against certain parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. It is not possible to estimate the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by the Company under these agreements have not had a material impact on its operating results or financial position.

Concentrations

The Company may be subject to concentration of credit risk as a result of certain financial instruments consisting principally of marketable investments and accounts receivable. The Company has placed its investments with high-credit quality issuers. The Company does not invest an amount exceeding 10% of its combined cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and marketable securities in the securities of any one obligor or maker, except for obligations of the United States government, obligations of United States government agencies and money market accounts.

The following table sets forth major customers accounting for 10% or more of our net revenue:

	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Westcon Group Inc.	10	%	14	%	12	%	15	%
Scansource, Inc.	*		12	%	*		12	%
Tech Data	*		12	%	*		11	%
Ericsson AB	*		10	%	*		10	%
* Less than 10% of revenue

XML

Balance Sheet Accounts (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Cash, Cash Equivalents, Short-Term Investments and Marketable Securities

Cash, Cash Equivalents, Short-Term Investments and Marketable Securities

Summary of Cash and Available-for-Sale Securities (in thousands)

	December 31, 2013		June 30, 2013
Cash	$	50,395	$	41,518
Cash equivalents	$	17,909	$	54,285
Short-term investments	43,713		43,034
Marketable securities	—		66,776
Total available-for-sale	$	61,622	$	164,095
Total cash, cash equivalents and available for sale securities	$	112,017	$	205,613

Available-for-sale Securities

Available-for-Sale Securities

The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities (in thousands): 

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Unrealized Holding Gains		Unrealized Holding Losses
December 31, 2013
Money market funds	$	17,909	$	17,909	$	—	$	—
U.S. corporate debt securities	43,600		43,713		113		—
	$	61,509	$	61,622	$	113	$	—
Classified as:
Cash equivalents	$	17,909	$	17,909	$	—	$	—
Short-term investments	43,600		43,713		113		—
	$	61,509	$	61,622	$	113	$	—
June 30, 2013
Money market funds	$	54,285	$	54,285	$	—	$	—
U.S. corporate debt securities	110,078		109,810		126		(394		)
	$	164,363	$	164,095	$	126	$	(394	)
Classified as:
Cash equivalents	$	54,285	$	54,285	$	—	$	—
Short-term investments	42,994		43,034		44		(4		)
Marketable securities	67,084		66,776		82		(390		)
	$	164,363	$	164,095	$	126	$	(394	)

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale investments in debt securities at December 31, 2013, by contractual maturity, were as follows (in thousands):

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due in 1 year or less	$	43,600	$	43,713
Total investments in available for sale debt securities	$	43,600	$	43,713

Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets

The following tables present details of the Company’s intangible assets (in thousands):

December 31, 2013	Weighted average remaining amortization period	Gross		Accumulated amortization		Net
Intangible assets with finite lives:
Developed technology	2.7 years	$	45,000	$	2,694	$	42,306
Customer relationships	2.8 years	37,000		2,056		34,944
Maintenance contracts	4.8 years	17,000		567		16,433
Trademarks	2.8 years	2,500		139		2,361
Order backlog	1.2 years	7,400		1,017		6,383
Patents	6.2 years	1,800		918		882
License agreements	10.7 years	10,447		7,801		2,646
Other intangibles	1.7 years	659		468		191
Total intangible assets with finite lives		121,806		15,660		106,146
In-process research and development, with indefinite life		3,000		—		3,000
Total		$	124,806	$	15,660	$	109,146

June 30, 2013	Weighted average remaining amortization period	Gross		Accumulated amortization		Net
Intangible assets with finite lives:
Patents	6.7 years	$	1,800	$	846	$	954
License agreements	10.3 years	10,447		7,407		3,040
Other intangibles	2.3 years	659		410		249
Total intangible assets with finite lives		12,906		8,663		4,243

Schedule of Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

The following tables present details of the Company’s intangible assets (in thousands):

December 31, 2013	Weighted average remaining amortization period	Gross		Accumulated amortization		Net
Intangible assets with finite lives:
Developed technology	2.7 years	$	45,000	$	2,694	$	42,306
Customer relationships	2.8 years	37,000		2,056		34,944
Maintenance contracts	4.8 years	17,000		567		16,433
Trademarks	2.8 years	2,500		139		2,361
Order backlog	1.2 years	7,400		1,017		6,383
Patents	6.2 years	1,800		918		882
License agreements	10.7 years	10,447		7,801		2,646
Other intangibles	1.7 years	659		468		191
Total intangible assets with finite lives		121,806		15,660		106,146
In-process research and development, with indefinite life		3,000		—		3,000
Total		$	124,806	$	15,660	$	109,146

Future Amortization Expense

The estimated future amortization expense for finite lived intangibles to be recorded for each of the next five years is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal year	Amount
2014 (remaining 6 months)	$	19,881
2015	36,248
2016	31,287
2017	12,379
2018	3,682
Thereafter	2,669
Total	$	106,146

Schedule of Deferred Revenue, Net

The following table summarizes deferred revenue, net at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, respectively (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013		June 30, 2013
Deferred services	$	81,485	$	38,003
Deferred product and other revenue	8,285		3,451
Total deferred revenue	89,770		41,454
Less: current portion	71,435		33,184
Non-current deferred revenue, net	$	18,335	$	8,270

Change in Deferred Support Revenue

The change in the Company’s deferred support revenue balance in relation to these arrangements was as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Balance beginning of period	$	37,091		$	35,661		$	38,003		$	37,461
Assumed from acquisition	35,879			—			35,879			—
New support arrangements	33,146			14,776			46,489			27,313
Recognition of support revenue	(24,631		)	(14,640		)	(38,886		)	(28,977		)
Balance end of period	81,485			35,797			81,485			35,797
Less: current portion	63,150			27,664			63,150			27,664
Non-current deferred revenue	$	18,335		$	8,133		$	18,335		$	8,133

Schedule of Deferred Distributors Revenue

The following table summarizes deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, respectively (in thousands):

	December 31, 2013			June 30, 2013
Deferred distributors revenue	$	28,943		$	22,411
Deferred cost of sales to distributors	(6,759		)	(5,023		)
Deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors	$	22,184		$	17,388

Schedule of Debt

The Company's debt is comprised of the following:

	December 31, 2013
Current portion of long-term debt
Term Loan	4,063
Current portion of long-term debt	4,063
Long-term debt, less current portion
Term Loan	60,125
Revolving Facility	35,000
Total long-term debt less current portion	95,125
Total debt	99,188

Schedule of Product Warranty Liability

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s product warranty liability during the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Balance beginning of period	$	3,440		$	2,971		$	3,296		$	2,871
Assumed from acquisition	3,732			—			3,732			—
New warranties issued	1,654			1,942			2,958			3,504
Warranty expenditures	(1,347		)	(1,942		)	(2,507		)	(3,404		)
Balance end of period	$	7,479		$	2,971		$	7,479		$	2,971

Schedules of Concentration of Risk, by Risk Factor

The following table sets forth major customers accounting for 10% or more of our net revenue:

	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Westcon Group Inc.	10	%	14	%	12	%	15	%
Scansource, Inc.	*		12	%	*		12	%
Tech Data	*		12	%	*		11	%
Ericsson AB	*		10	%	*		10	%
* Less than 10% of revenue

XML

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage exposures to foreign currency. The Company’s objective for holding derivatives is to use the most effective methods to minimize the impact of these exposures. The Company does not enter into derivatives for speculative or trading purposes. The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet as Other Assets, Net at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized in earnings as Other Income (Expense). The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to mitigate the effect of gains and losses generated by the foreign currency forecasted transactions related to certain operating expenses and re-measurement of certain assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. These derivatives do not qualify as hedges. At December 31, 2013, these forward foreign currency contracts had a notional principal amount of $6.7 million and a $0.1 million unrealized loss on foreign exchange contracts. These contracts have maturities of less than 60 days. Changes in the fair value of these foreign exchange forward contracts are offset largely by re-measurement of the underlying assets and liabilities.

Foreign currency transaction gains and losses from operations were a $1.0 million loss and a $1.1 million loss for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013, respectively. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses from operations were a $0.4 million gain and a $0.1 million gain for the three and six months ended December 31, 2012.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Commitments

The Company currently has arrangements with contract manufacturers and suppliers for the manufacture of its products. The arrangements allow them to procure long lead-time component inventory based upon a rolling production forecast provided by the Company. The Company is obligated to the purchase of long lead-time component inventory that its contract manufacturer procures in accordance with the forecast, unless the Company gives notice of order cancellation outside of applicable component lead-times. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had non-cancelable commitments to purchase approximately $63.2 million of such inventory.

Legal Proceedings

The Company may from time to time be party to litigation arising in the course of its business, including, without limitation, allegations relating to commercial transactions, business relationships or intellectual property rights. Such claims, even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. Litigation in general, and intellectual property and securities litigation in particular, can be expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of legal proceedings are difficult to predict.

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Company records accruals for certain of its outstanding legal proceedings, investigations or claims when it is probable that a liability will be incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company evaluates, at least on a quarterly basis, developments in legal proceedings, investigations or claims that could affect the amount of any accrual, as well as any developments that would result in a loss contingency to become both probable and reasonably estimable. When a loss contingency is not both probable and reasonably estimable, the Company does not record a loss accrual.  However, if the loss (or an additional loss in excess of any prior accrual) is at least a reasonable possibility and material, then the Company would disclose an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss, if such estimate can be made, or disclose that an estimate cannot be made. The assessment whether a loss is probable or a reasonable possibility, and whether the loss or a range of loss is estimable, involves a series of complex judgments about future events. Even if a loss is reasonably possible, the Company may not be able to estimate a range of possible loss, particularly where (i) the damages sought are substantial or indeterminate, (ii) the proceedings are in the early stages, or (iii) the matters involve novel or unsettled legal theories or a large number of parties. In such cases, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the ultimate resolution of such matters, including the amount of any possible loss, fine or penalty.  Accordingly, for current proceedings, the Company is currently unable to estimate any reasonably possible loss or range of possible loss.  However, an adverse resolution of one or more of such matters could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations in a particular quarter or fiscal year.

Intellectual Property Litigation

Relay IP Inc.

On May 3, 2013, Relay IP, Inc. filed suit against the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, Civil Action case number 13-775 (Extreme Case). Further on May 6, 2013 they also filed a similar suit against Enterasys in the same court, Civil Action case number 13-774.The complaint alleges infringement based on the Company's testing of its own equipment and inducing its customers to infringe U.S. Patent No. 5,331,637 and seeks unspecified monetary damages. An answer was filed on both cases in July, 2013. The suit is one of approximately 40 nearly simultaneous suits filed against numerous networking equipment manufacturers, suppliers, operators, and users including Cisco Systems, Hewlett-Packard, Juniper Networks, Avaya, Extreme and Enterasys. The Company denies the claims and intends to vigorously defend itself in both cases. Given the preliminary nature of the claims, it is premature to assess the likelihood of a particular outcome. 

ReefEdge

On September 17, 2012, ReefEdge filed suit against Enterasys in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware alleging certain of the company's products (wireless controllers and wireless access points), infringe three ReefEdge U.S. patents (6633761, 6975864, 7197308). ReefEdge, a Non-Practicing Entity, seeks injunctive relief as well as monetary damages, cost, expenses and attorney fees, although there was no quantified amount sought. Preliminary talks have taken place between the parties. Enterasys has filed its Answer to the claims and is awaiting a scheduling conference. Extreme assumed this litigation as part of the acquisition of Enterasys. Given the preliminary nature of the claims, it is premature to assess the likelihood of a particular outcome.

Indemnification Obligations

Subject to certain limitations, the Company may be obligated to indemnify its current and former directors, officers and employees. These obligations arise under the terms of its certificate of incorporation, its bylaws, applicable contracts, and Delaware and California law. The obligation to indemnify, where applicable, generally means that the Company is required to pay or reimburse, and in certain circumstances the Company has paid or reimbursed, the individuals' reasonable legal expenses and possibly damages and other liabilities incurred in connection with these matters. It is not possible to estimate the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of these claims. The cost to defend the Company and the named individuals could have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows in the future. Recovery of such costs under its directors and officers insurance coverage is uncertain. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no outstanding indemnification claims.

XML

Share-based Compensation

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Share-based Compensation [Abstract]

Share-based Compensation

Share-based Compensation

Share-based compensation expense recognized in the condensed consolidated financial statements by line item caption is as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Cost of product revenue	$	198	$	121	$	300	$	295
Cost of service revenue	—		85		40		244
Research and development	898		288		1,141		720
Sales and marketing	1,279		567		1,850		1,295
General and administrative	1,083		555		1,702		1,230
Total share-based compensation expense	$	3,458	$	1,616	$	5,033	$	3,784

During the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not capitalize any stock-based compensation expense in inventory, as the amounts were immaterial. The income tax benefit for share-based compensation expense was immaterial in the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.  

The weighted-average grant-date per share fair value of options granted during the three months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $2.35 and $1.73, respectively. The weighted-average estimated per share fair value of shares purchased under the Company’s 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) during the three months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $1.35 and $0.91, respectively.

The weighted-average grant-date per share fair value of options granted during the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $2.33 and $1.81, respectively. The weighted-average estimated per share fair value of shares purchased under the ESPP during the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $1.21 and $0.89, respectively.

The following table summarizes stock option activity under all plans for the six months ended December 31, 2013:

	Number of Shares (000’s)		Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (000’s)
Options outstanding at June 30, 2013	9,145		$	3.66
Granted	5,199		$	5.14
Exercised	(1,305	)	$	3.54		$	2,356
Cancelled	(975	)	$	4.83
Options outstanding at December 31, 2013	12,064		$	4.22	5.54	$	33,338
Exercisable at December 31, 2013	3,792		$	3.78	3.50	$	12,196
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013	10,996		$	4.19	5.44	$	30,710

Included in the options granted above are 4.2 million options, assumed in connection with the acquisition of Enterasys on October 31, 2013, at an exercise price of $5.30.

Stock Awards

Stock awards may be granted under the 2013 Plan on terms approved by the Board of Directors. Stock awards generally provide for the issuance of restricted stock which vests over a fixed period.

The following table summarizes stock award activity for the six months ended December 31, 2013:

	Number of Shares (000’s)		Weighted- Average Grant- Date Fair Value		Aggregate Fair Market Value ($000's)
Non-vested stock outstanding at June 30, 2013	2,686		$	3.09
Granted	4,202		$	5.54
Vested	(613	)	$	3.49	$	3,338
Cancelled	(352	)	$	3.51
Non-vested stock outstanding at December 31, 2013	5,923		$	4.45

Included in the restricted stock units granted above are 2.7 million restricted stock units assumed in connection with the acquisition of Enterasys on October 31, 2013, with a grant-date fair value of $5.30.

Excluding the options assumed as part of the Enterasys acquisition, the fair value of each option award and share purchase option under the Company's ESPP is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model with the weighted average assumptions noted in the following table. The Company uses the Monte-Carlo simulation model to determine the fair value and the derived service period of performance-based option awards, with market conditions, on the date of the grant. The expected term of options granted is derived from historical data on employee exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The expected term of ESPP represents the contractual life of the ESPP purchase period. The risk-free rate based upon the estimated life of the option and ESPP is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Expected volatility is based on both the implied volatilities from traded options on the Company’s stock and historical volatility on the Company’s stock.

	Stock Option Plan				Employee Stock Purchase Plan				Stock Option Plan				Employee Stock Purchase Plan
	Three Months Ended				Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended				Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Expected life	4 years		4 years		0.25 years		0.25 years		4 years		5 years		0.25 years		0.25 years
Risk-free interest rate	1.14	%	0.57	%	0.11	%	0.04	%	1.20	%	0.71	%	0.10	%	0.05	%
Volatility	55	%	63	%	47	%	50	%	56	%	64	%	41	%	59	%
Dividend yield	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%

The Company is required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and only recognize expense on a straight-line method for those shares expected to vest.

XML

Common Stock Repurchases

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Common Stock Repurchases

Common Stock Repurchases

On September 28, 2012, the Company's Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for a maximum of $75 million which may be purchased over a three year period in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. Since the inception of the program, 4.1 million shares have been repurchased and $60.5 million of the authorized amount is remaining. All repurchased shares will be retired and included in the Company's authorized but unissued shares. During the three and six months ended December 31, 2013, the Company did not repurchase any shares of common stock.

XML

Income Taxes

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

For the three and six months ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded an income tax provision of $0.9 million and $1.4 million, respectively. For the three and six months ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded an income tax provision of $0.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

The income tax provisions for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted primarily of taxes on the income of our foreign subsidiaries as well as U.S. state income taxes. The income tax provision for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 also includes an expense related to a deferred tax liability for the amortization of goodwill recorded as a result of the acquisition of Enterasys. The income tax provisions for both fiscal years were calculated based on the actual results of operations for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and may not reflect the annual effective tax rate.

The Company has provided a full valuation allowance against all of its U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets as well as substantially all of the acquired Enterasys foreign entities’ deferred tax assets with the exception of certain foreign deferred tax assets. No valuation allowance has been established against the non-U.S. deferred tax assets of the legacy Extreme Networks, Inc. foreign subsidiaries. A valuation allowance is determined by assessing both negative and positive evidence to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that the deferred tax assets are recoverable; such assessment is required on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis. The Company's inconsistent earnings in recent periods, coupled with the Company's inability to forecast greater than one quarter in advance and the cyclical nature of its business represent sufficient negative evidence to require a full valuation allowance against its U.S. federal and state net deferred tax assets as well as the above mentioned foreign jurisdictions. This valuation allowance will be evaluated periodically and can be reversed partially or in whole if business results and the economic environment have sufficiently improved to support realization of some or all of the Company's deferred tax assets.

On October 31, 2013, the Company acquired all of the stock of Enterasys. The acquisition included a US parent company as well as their wholly owned foreign subsidiaries. The Company has elected to treat this stock acquisition as an asset purchase by filing the required election forms under IRC Sec 338(h)(10). The Company has preliminarily estimated the value of the intangible assets from this transaction and is amortizing the amount over 15 years for tax purposes. During the current period, the Company deducted $0.6 million of tax amortization expense related to capitalized goodwill. As of December 31, 2013, the Company recorded a deferred tax liability of $0.2 million related to this amortization which is not considered a future source of taxable income in evaluating the need for a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

The Company had $10.9 million of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2013. The future impact of the unrecognized tax benefit of $10.9 million, if recognized, is as follows: approximately $0.3 million would impact the effective tax rate, and approximately $10.6 million would result in adjustments to deferred tax assets and corresponding adjustments to the valuation allowance. It is reasonably possible that the amount of unrealized tax benefit could decrease by approximately $0.1 million during the next twelve months due to the expiration of the statute of limitations in certain foreign jurisdictions.

Estimated interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes are classified as a component of tax expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and were immaterial for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Accrued interest and penalties were $46,000 and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

In general, the Company's U.S. federal income tax returns are subject to examination by tax authorities for fiscal years 2001 forward due to net operating losses and the Company's state income tax returns are subject to examination for fiscal years 2003 forward due to net operating losses.

XML

Balance Sheet Accounts (Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	$ 61,509	$ 164,363
Fair Value	61,622	164,095
Unrealized Holding Gains	113	126
Unrealized Holding Losses	0	(394)
Cash equivalents
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	17,909	54,285
Fair Value	17,909	54,285
Unrealized Holding Gains	0	0
Unrealized Holding Losses	0	0
Short-term investments
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	43,600	42,994
Fair Value	43,713	43,034
Unrealized Holding Gains	113	44
Unrealized Holding Losses	0	(4)
Marketable securities
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost		67,084
Fair Value		66,776
Unrealized Holding Gains		82
Unrealized Holding Losses		(390)
Money market funds
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	17,909	54,285
Fair Value	17,909	54,285
Unrealized Holding Gains	0	0
Unrealized Holding Losses	0	0
U.S. corporate debt securities
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	43,600	110,078
Fair Value	43,713	109,810
Unrealized Holding Gains	113	126
Unrealized Holding Losses	$ 0	$ (394)

XML

Common Stock Repurchases (Details) (USD $) Share data in Millions, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	15 Months Ended
	Sep. 28, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013
Equity [Abstract]
Share repurchase program authorized amount	$ 75,000,000
Share repurchase program term	3 years
Number of common stock shares repurchased		4.1
Remaining authorized repurchase amount		$ 60,500,000

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

The Company's revenue is primarily derived from the sale of networking products, which are tangible products containing software and non-software components that function together to deliver the tangible product's essential functionality. In addition to tangible products, the Company's sales arrangements may include other deliverables such as standalone software licenses, or service offerings. For multiple deliverable arrangements, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the accounting standard for multiple deliverable revenue arrangements, which provides guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how deliverables in an arrangement should be separated, and how consideration should be allocated. Software revenue recognition guidance is applied to the sales of the Company's standalone software products, including software upgrades and software that is not essential to the functionality of the hardware with which it is sold.

Pursuant to the guidance of the accounting standard for multiple deliverable revenue arrangements, when the Company's sales arrangements contain multiple elements, such as products, software licenses, maintenance agreements, or professional services, the Company determines the standalone selling price for each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The application of the multiple deliverable revenue accounting standard does not change the units of accounting for the Company's multiple element arrangements. Under the selling price hierarchy, the selling price for each deliverable is based on the Company's vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), which is determined by a substantial majority of the Company's historical standalone sales transactions for a product or service falling within a narrow range. If VSOE is not available due to a lack of standalone sales transactions or lack of pricing within a narrow range, then third party evidence (“TPE”), as determined by the standalone pricing of competitive vendor products in similar markets, is used, if available. TPE typically is difficult to establish due to the proprietary differences of competitive products and difficulty in obtaining reliable competitive standalone pricing information. When neither VSOE nor TPE is available, the Company determines its best estimate of standalone selling price (“ESP”) for a product or service and does so by considering several factors including, but not limited to, the 12-month historical median sales price, sales channel, geography, gross margin objective, competitive product pricing, and product life cycle. In consideration of all relevant pricing factors, the Company applies management judgment to determine the Company's best estimate of selling price through consultation with and formal approval by the Company's management for all products and services for which neither VSOE nor TPE is available. Generally, the standalone selling price of services is determined using VSOE and the standalone selling price of other deliverables is determined by using ESP. The Company regularly reviews VSOE, TPE and ESP for all of its products and services and maintains internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

In accordance with the software revenue recognition accounting standard, the Company continues to recognize revenue for software using the residual method for its sale of standalone software products and other software that is not essential to the functionality of the hardware with which it is sold. After allocation of the relative selling price to each element of the arrangement, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the Company's policies for product, software, and service revenue recognition.

Business Combinations

Business Combinations

The Company applies the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations, including its acquisition of Enterasys Networks, Inc. on October 31, 2013. Under this method of accounting, all assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values at the date of the completion of transaction. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, intangibles and other asset lives, among other items. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (an exit price). Market participants are assumed to be buyers and sellers in the principal (most advantageous) market for the asset or liability. Additionally, fair value measurements for an asset assume the highest and best use of that asset by market participants. As a result, the Company may have been required to value the acquired assets at fair value measures that do not reflect its intended use of those assets. Use of different estimates and judgments could yield different results. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. Although the Company believes the assumptions and estimates it has made are reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and information that may be obtained from the management of the acquired company and are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill

Goodwill

Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at the beginning of fourth quarter of the fiscal year and at least annually thereafter. To test goodwill for impairment, the Company first performs a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, the Company will then perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. Otherwise, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. Under the two-step goodwill impairment test, the Company would, in the first step, compare the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, no impairment loss would be recognized. However, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of the unit may be impaired. The amount, if any, of the impairment is then measured in the second step in which the Company determines the implied value of goodwill based on the allocation of the estimated fair value determined in the initial step to all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets include property and equipment, and service inventory. Property and equipment assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets or asset groups may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances exist, the Company assesses the recoverability of these assets by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets or asset groups. The Company reduces the carrying value of service inventory to net realizable value based on excess and obsolete inventories which are primarily determined by age of inventory and future demand forecasts.

Intangible Assets

Intangible Assets

Intangibles assets are reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying value. License agreements are presented at cost, net of accumulated amortization and are amortized over their estimated useful life. The in-process research and development efforts will be monitored regularly for completion and once they are completed, the Company will determine whether the asset will continue to be an indefinite lived asset or it has become a finite lived asset and apply the appropriate accounting accordingly. The Company determines that our in-process research and development project is complete when all material research and development costs have been incurred and no significant risks remain. The Company  reviews the carrying value of indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually during the last quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist.

Investments

The Company considers highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Investments with original maturities of greater than three months, but less than one year at the balance sheet date are classified as Short Term Investments. Investments with maturities of greater than one year at balance sheet date which the Company intends to hold for longer than one year are classified as Marketable Securities. Except for direct obligations of the United States government, securities issued by agencies of the United States government, and money market funds, the Company diversifies its investments by limiting its holdings with any individual issuer.

Investments include available-for-sale investment-grade debt securities that the Company carries at fair value. The Company accumulates unrealized gains and losses on the Company's available-for-sale debt securities, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the stockholders' equity section of its balance sheets. Such an unrealized gain or loss does not reduce net income for the applicable accounting period. If the fair value of an available-for-sale debt instrument is less than its amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment is triggered in circumstances where (1) the Company intends to sell the instrument, (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the instrument before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or (3) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the instrument (that is, a credit loss exists). If the Company intends to sell or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the available-for-sale debt instrument before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the Company recognizes an other-than-temporary impairment in earnings equal to the entire difference between the debt instruments' amortized cost basis and its fair value. For available-for-sale debt instruments that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired due to the existence of a credit loss, if the Company does not intend to sell and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the instrument before recovery of its remaining amortized cost basis (amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), the Company separates the amount of the impairment into the amount that is credit related and the amount due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is the difference between the debt instrument's amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows. The remaining difference between the debt instrument's fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is due to factors that are not credit related and is recognized in other comprehensive income.

The Company determines the basis of the cost of a security sold or the amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings using the specific identification method.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred Revenue, Net

Deferred revenue, net represents amounts for (i) deferred services revenue (support arrangements, professional services and training), and (ii) deferred product revenue net of the related cost of revenue when the revenue recognition criteria have not been met.

Deferred Distributors Revenue, Net of Cost of Sales to Distributors

The Company records revenue from its distributors on a sell-through basis, recording deferred revenue and deferred cost of sales associated with all sales transactions to its distributors in “Deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors” in the liability section of its condensed consolidated balance sheet. When the Company ships products to its distributors, legal title to the products passes to its distributors, and a legally enforceable obligation is created for the distributors to pay on a current basis. Therefore, the Company records a trade receivable at the contractual discount to the list selling price and relieves inventory for the cost of goods shipped to the distributor.

The amount shown as “Deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors” represents the deferred gross margin on sales to distributors based on contractual pricing. Distributors purchase products from the Company at a contractual discount based on geographic region and resell the Company's products at a very broad range of individually negotiated price points depending on competitive factors and other market conditions. A portion of the deferred revenue balance represents an amount of the distributors' original purchase price that will be remitted back to the distributors after resale transactions are reported to the Company. Therefore, the amount of gross margin the Company will recognize in future periods from distributor sales will be less than the deferred amount recorded for the original sale to the distributor as a result of the price concessions negotiated at the time of sell-through. The wide range and variability of negotiated price credits granted to distributors do not allow the Company to accurately estimate the portion of the balance in the deferred revenue that will be credited to the distributors in the future. Therefore, the Company does not reduce deferred revenue by anticipated future price credits; instead, price credits are recorded against revenue and accounts receivable when incurred, which is generally at the time the distributor sells the product.

The Company offers for sale to its customers renewable support arrangements, including extended warranty contracts, that range from one to five years. Deferred support revenue is included within deferred revenue, net within the Services category above.

Guarantees and Product Warranties

The Company’s standard hardware warranty period is typically 12 months from the date of shipment to end-users and 90 days for software. For certain access products, the Company offers a limited lifetime hardware warranty commencing on the date of shipment from the Company and ending five (5) years following the Company’s announcement of the end of sale of such product. Upon shipment of products to its customers, the Company estimates expenses for the cost to repair or replace products that may be returned under warranty and accrues a liability in cost of product revenue for this amount. The determination of the Company’s warranty requirements is based on actual historical experience with the product or product family, estimates of repair and replacement costs and any product warranty problems that are identified after shipment. The Company estimates and adjusts these accruals at each balance sheet date in accordance with changes in these factors.

In the normal course of business to facilitate sales of its products, the Company indemnifies its resellers and end-user customers with respect to certain matters. The Company has agreed to hold the customer harmless against losses arising from a breach of intellectual property infringement or other claims made against certain parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. It is not possible to estimate the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by the Company under these agreements have not had a material impact on its operating results or financial position.

Guarantees and Product Warranties

Upon issuance of a standard product warranty, the Company discloses and recognizes a liability for the obligation it assumes under the warranty.

Fair Value Measurements

Level 2 investment valuations are based on inputs such as quoted market prices of similar instruments, dealer quotations or valuations provided by alternative pricing sources supported by observable inputs. These generally include U.S. government and sovereign obligations, most government agency securities, investment-grade corporate bonds, and state, municipal and provincial obligations.

Legal Costs

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Company records accruals for certain of its outstanding legal proceedings, investigations or claims when it is probable that a liability will be incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company evaluates, at least on a quarterly basis, developments in legal proceedings, investigations or claims that could affect the amount of any accrual, as well as any developments that would result in a loss contingency to become both probable and reasonably estimable. When a loss contingency is not both probable and reasonably estimable, the Company does not record a loss accrual.  However, if the loss (or an additional loss in excess of any prior accrual) is at least a reasonable possibility and material, then the Company would disclose an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss, if such estimate can be made, or disclose that an estimate cannot be made. The assessment whether a loss is probable or a reasonable possibility, and whether the loss or a range of loss is estimable, involves a series of complex judgments about future events. Even if a loss is reasonably possible, the Company may not be able to estimate a range of possible loss, particularly where (i) the damages sought are substantial or indeterminate, (ii) the proceedings are in the early stages, or (iii) the matters involve novel or unsettled legal theories or a large number of parties. In such cases, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the ultimate resolution of such matters, including the amount of any possible loss, fine or penalty.  Accordingly, for current proceedings, the Company is currently unable to estimate any reasonably possible loss or range of possible loss.  However, an adverse resolution of one or more of such matters could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations in a particular quarter or fiscal year.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, less shares subject to repurchase, and excludes any dilutive effects of options, warrants and unvested restricted stock. Dilutive earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares used in the basic earnings per share calculation plus the dilutive effect of shares subject to repurchase, options, warrants and unvested restricted stock.

Potentially dilutive common shares from employee incentive plans are determined by applying the treasury stock method to the assumed exercise of outstanding stock options, the assumed vesting of outstanding restricted stock units, and the assumed issuance of common stock under the stock purchase plan. Weighted stock options outstanding with an exercise price higher than the Company's average stock price for the periods presented are excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per share since the effect of including them would have been anti-dilutive due to the net income position of the Company during the periods presented.

XML

Net (Loss) Income Per Share (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Schedule of Earnings Per Share, Basic and Diluted

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per share (in thousands, except per share data):

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Net (loss) income	$	(15,986	)	$	(4,206	)	$	(16,022	)	$	8,709
Weighted-average shares used in per share calculation – basic	95,216			94,501			94,639			94,619
Incremental shares using the treasury stock method:
Stock options	—			—			—			418
Restricted stock units	—			—			—			370
Employee Stock Purchase Plan	—			—			—			107
Weighted -average share used in per share calculation – diluted	95,216			94,501			94,639			95,514
Net (loss) income per share – basic	$	(0.17	)	$	(0.04	)	(0.17		)	0.09
Net (loss) income per share – diluted	$	(0.17	)	$	(0.04	)	(0.17		)	0.09

XML

Share-based Compensation (Schedule of Stock Award Activity) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended	6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013
Number of Shares
Non-vested stock outstanding, beginning balance (in shares)		2,686
Granted (in shares)	2,700	4,202
Vested (in shares)		(613)
Cancelled (in shares)		(352)
Non-vested stock outstanding, ending balance (in shares)	5,923	5,923
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested stock outstanding, beginning of period (in dollars per share)		$ 3.09
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 5.30	$ 5.54
Vested (in dollars per share)		$ 3.49
Cancelled (in dollars per share)		$ 3.51
Non-vested stock outstanding, end of period (in dollars per share)	$ 4.45	$ 4.45
Aggregate Fair Market Value
Vested		$ 3,338

XML

Balance Sheet Accounts (Schedule of Deferred Distributors Revenue) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013
Deferred Revenue Arrangement [Line Items]
Deferred distributors revenue	$ 89,770	$ 41,454
Total deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors	22,184	17,388
Distributors
Deferred Revenue Arrangement [Line Items]
Deferred distributors revenue	28,943	22,411
Deferred cost of sales to distributors	(6,759)	(5,023)
Total deferred distributors revenue, net of cost of sales to distributors	$ 22,184	$ 17,388

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net (loss) income:	$ (15,986)	$ (4,206)	$ (16,022)	$ 8,709
Available for sale securities:
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities	(52)	(164)	233	138
Reclassification of adjustment for realized net gains on available for sale securities included in net (loss) income	0	0	148	0
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities	(52)	(164)	381	138
Change in net foreign currency translation adjustment	952	(61)	1,053	780
Other comprehensive income (loss)	900	(225)	1,434	918
Total comprehensive (loss) income	$ (15,086)	$ (4,431)	$ (14,588)	$ 9,627

XML

Business combinations

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Business combinations

Business combinations

On October 31, 2013 (the “Acquisition Date”), the Company completed the acquisition of Enterasys, a privately held provider of wired and wireless network infrastructure and security solutions, for $180.0 million, net of cash acquired.  The purchase price consideration is provisional as it is still pending post close adjustments as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Agreement") signed by the Company and Enterprise Networks Holdings, Inc. on September 12, 2013. The Company also assumed outstanding options and restricted stock units of Enterasys at the Acquisition Date, all of which were unvested.

The acquisition has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting.  The provisional purchase price has been allocated on a preliminary basis to tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed.  The final purchase price allocation is pending the finalization of valuations, which may result in an adjustment to the preliminary purchase price allocation. Also, additional information which existed as of the acquisition date but was unknown to the Company at that time, may become known to the Company during the remainder of the measurement period, a period not to exceed 12 months from the acquisition date, and may result in a change in the purchase price allocation.  While management believes that its preliminary estimates and assumptions underlying the valuations are reasonable, different estimates and assumptions could result in different valuations assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and the resulting amount of goodwill.

Also, on October 31, 2013, the Company entered into a $125 million senior secured credit facilities agreement consisting of a $65 million term loan facility (“Term Loan”) and a revolving credit facility of $60 million (“Revolving Facility”).  Both facilities mature on October 31, 2018.  The Company drew $35 million of the $60 million Revolving Facility and used the proceeds from the Term Loan to pay a portion of the purchase price in the acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Enterasys.

The estimated purchase price has been allocated to Enterasys’ tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed on a preliminary basis as follows (in thousands):

	Amount
Cash	$	4,969
Receivables	25,699
Inventory	33,662
Other current assets	8,888
Property and equipment	23,122
Identifiable intangible assets	108,900
In-process research and development	3,000
Deferred tax assets	9
Other assets	7,343
Goodwill	57,922
Current liabilities	(75,394		)
Other long term liabilities	(13,151		)
Total purchase price allocation	$	184,969
Less: Cash acquired from acquisition	(4,969		)
Total purchase price consideration, net of cash acquired	$	180,000

The estimated purchase price has been allocated based on the preliminary estimates of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The Company also continues to analyze the tax implications of the acquisition of Enterasys which may ultimately impact the overall level of goodwill associated with the acquisition.

The following table presents details of the preliminary identifiable intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition (in thousands):

Intangible Assets	Estimated Useful Life (in years)	Amount
Developed technology	3	$	45,000
Customer relationships	3	37,000
Maintenance contracts	5	17,000
Trademarks	3	2,500
Order backlog	1.5	7,400
Total identifiable intangible assets		$	108,900

The amortization for the developed technology is recorded in “Cost of revenues” for product and the amortization for the remaining intangibles is recorded in “Amortization of intangibles” on the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The goodwill recognized is attributable primarily to expected synergies and the assembled workforce of Enterasys. The Company anticipates both the goodwill and intangible assets to be fully deductible for tax purposes.

The Company also has an indefinite lived asset of $3.0 million which represents the fair value of in-process research and development activities.  Once the related research and development efforts are completed, the Company will determine whether the asset will continue to be an indefinite lived asset or it has become a finite lived asset and apply the appropriate accounting accordingly.

The results of operations of Enterasys are included in the consolidated results of operations beginning October 31, 2013. For the six months ended December 31, 2013, $70.1 million of revenue and $1.2 million of operating income from Enterasys is included in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company incurred $5.8 million acquisition-related expenses of which $2.1 million was incurred in the three months ended December 31, 2013. Such acquisition-related costs are included in "Acquisition-integration expenses" on the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The costs, which the Company expensed as incurred, consist primarily of professional fees payable to financial and legal advisors.

Pro forma financial information

The following unaudited pro forma results of operations are presented as though the acquisition of Enterasys had occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented after giving effect to purchase accounting adjustments relating to inventories, deferred revenue, stock-based compensation for the options and restricted stock units assumed, depreciation and amortization on acquired property and equipment and intangibles, interest income and expense and related tax effects. The pro forma results of operations do not reflect the impact of non-recurring charges that have resulted from or in connection with the acquisition including acquisition and integration expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition. The pro forma results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the combined results that would have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of the earliest period presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results.

The unaudited pro forma financial information for the three months ended December 31, 2013 combines the results for the Extreme for the three months ended December 31, 2013, which include the results of Enterasys subsequent to the acquisition date, and the historical results for Enterasys for the month ended October 31, 2013. The unaudited pro forma financial information for the six months ended December 31, 2013 combines the results for Extreme for the six months ended December 31, 2013, which include the results of Enterasys subsequent to the acquisition date, and the historical results for Enterasys for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and the month ended October 31, 2013. The unaudited pro forma financial information for the three and six months ended December 31, 2012 combines the historical results for Extreme for those periods, with the historical results for Enterasys for the three and six months ended December 31, 2012. The following table summarizes the pro forma financial information (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Three Months Ended						Six Months Ended
	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012			December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Net revenues	$	159,944		$	158,258		$	321,837		$	327,599
Net loss	$	(55,090	)	$	(15,196	)	$	(51,682	)	$	(14,833	)
Net loss per share – basic and diluted	$	(0.57	)	$	(0.16	)	$	(0.54	)	$	(0.16	)

XML

Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Geographic Areas (Narratives) (Details)	6 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013 Geographic_Areas Segments
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Number of operating segments	1
Number of geographic regions	3

XML

Restructuring Charges (Tables)

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]

Schedule of Restructuring and Related Costs

The following table summarizes restructuring activities for the six months ended December 31, 2013:

	Termination Benefits (1)			Contract Termination			Other Cost			Total
Balance at June 30, 2013	$	1,217		$	—		$	249		$	1,466
Assumed from acquisition	—			127			—			127
Period charges	110			628			83			821
Period reversals	(309		)	(7		)	—			(316		)
Period payments	(950		)	(107		)	(332		)	(1,389		)
Restructuring liabilities at December 31, 2013	$	68		$	641		$	—		$	709

(1) Termination benefits generally include severance, outplacement services and health insurance coverage.

XML

Balance Sheet Accounts (Schedule of Future Amortization Expense) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
2014 (remaining 6 months)	$ 19,881
2015	36,248
2016	31,287
2017	12,379
2018	3,682
Thereafter	2,669
Finite-lived intangible assets, Net	$ 106,146	$ 4,243

XML

Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Geographic Areas

6 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Geographic Areas

Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Geographic Areas

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision makers with respect to the allocation of resources and performance.

The Company operates in one segment, the development and marketing of network infrastructure equipment. The Company conducts business globally and is managed geographically. Revenue is attributed to a geographical area based on the location of the customers. The Company operates in three geographical areas: Americas, which includes the United States, Canada, Mexico, Central America and South America; EMEA, which includes Europe, Russia, Middle East and Africa; and APAC which includes Asia Pacific, South Asia, India, and Australia.

The Company attributes revenues to geographic regions primarily based on the customer's ship-to location. Information regarding geographic areas is as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended				Six Months Ended
Net Revenues:	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Americas:
United States	$	56,292	$	22,731	$	81,681	$	47,935
Other	13,913		10,767		20,214		20,545
Total Americas	70,205		33,498		101,895		68,480
EMEA	61,292		28,700		92,133		57,220
APAC	15,086		13,353		28,470		25,978
Total net revenues	$	146,583	$	75,551	$	222,498	$	151,678

Substantially all of the Company’s assets were attributable to North America operations at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013.